Robert

Robert Lee Frost (March 26, 1874 – January 29, 1963) was an American poet. His work was initially published in England before it was published in America. He is highly regarded for his realistic depictions of rural life and his command of American colloquial speech.[2] His work frequently employed settings from rural life in New England in the early twentieth century, using them to examine complex social and philosophical themes. One of the most popular and critically respected American poets of the twentieth century,[3] Frost was honored frequently during his lifetime, receiving four Pulitzer Prizes for Poetry. He became one of America's rare "public literary figures, almost an artistic institution." [3] He was awarded the Congressional Gold Medal in 1960 for his poetical works. On July 22, 1961, Frost was named Poet laureate of Vermont. 1. Which statement is TRUE of the pre- Spanish Filipino government? a. The datu exercised all the powers of government. b. Laws were formulated by a law making body elected by the datu. c. Laws were formulated by a law making body elected by the community. d. There was a court created by the datu to hear complaints. 2. What characteristic/s of the government is established by the 1987 Constitution? I. Presidential system of government with three branches. II. Parliamentary sy GENERAL EDUCATION 1. Rabies comes from dog and other bites. How could this be prevented? a. Have the dog vaccinated with anti-rabies b. Tie the dogs at all times c. Keep the dogs in cage d. Kill the dog that bites 2. Ano ang tinutukoy nito: “Ang taong mabilis lumakad kung matinik ay malalim.” a. Malalim ang sugat kapag natinik sa bilis ng lakad b. Dahan-dahan sa paglakad sa dilim c. Madalas madudulas ang mabilis lumakad d. Mahina ang paglakad kaya nahuhuli ng dating 3. Which fractions have the least common denominator? a. ¼, 2/5, 5/45 c.1/16, 2/4, 5/8 b. 3/5, 1/16, 2/18 d. ½, 3/9, 2/10 4. There are four rooms for rent in a corner building. Each room is 114 sq m in area. How much will Ms. Cruz pay for the 4 rooms for one year if the cost per square meter is P350? a. P 1,925,200 c. P 19,915,200 b. P1,915.20 d. P1,915,200 5. A father was misunderstood by his teenage boy because: a. The father could not tolerate a live-in arrangement of his son. b. The father abhorred and mistook modernization as being fresh c. The father imposed on his values on courting and marriage d. The father did not understand the teenage values on dating 6. The death of the kidnapped victims by the terrorists was considered: a. A neglect of priorities b. A deviation from protocol c. A revenge for atrocities of civilians d. An affront to the leadership 7. How did recipient of operation title transfer react to taxation? a. Paying taxes was obviously not the new land owners concern b. They wanted the landlords to pay taxes c. Assessment of transfer titles are not recognized by local offices d. Cooperatives do not explain the tenants role on taxation 8. Philippine economy indices are closely related to the rise and fall of the: a. German Mark c. Japanese yen b. US Dollars d. London Pounds 9. Watching TV is controlled by parents, children below 18 are discouraged to view this type of film. a. Discovery in Science b. Violence and Sex c. Historical battles and bloodshed d. Adolescent stories 10. Anong sagot sa bugtong na ito? “Mataas pag-nakaupo, mababa pag-nakatayo.” a. Pusa b. Aso c. Alimango d. Kabayo

11. Ang mga mamamayan sa Mindanao ay nabulabog ng alitan na tumagal ng ilang buwan. Ano ang dapat gawin ng pamahalaan upang magsibalik ang tiwala ng mga Moro? a. Ang mga kampo ay ibalik sa mamamayan b. Ibigay ang kampo sa mga sundalo c. Gawing palayan ng bayan ang lupa d. Sunugin ang mga bahay sa kampo ng kalaban 12. Paano ipinaabot ng mga Katipunero ang kanilang mensahe sa mamamayan? a. Sa nilimbag na peryodikong Tagalog b. Sa pamamagitan ng mensahe sa Tagalog c. Sa mga simbulo ng titik at numero d. Sa pamamagitan ng sulat sa Espanol 13. In some cultures, cemented floors for homes are not welcome. Their reason is ________. a. The ease of repair b. The cost of cement against bamboo slots c. The ease of disposing of waste d. The absence of air circulation space 14. Voting is a privilege in a democracy. Those who are deprived their votes are normally a. Execute c. Disenfranchised b. Franchised d. Exiled 15. Which question after a lecture registers concerns? a. Where did you miss me, at what point? b. Everything was covered, wasn’t it? c. Raise your hands for further explanation. d. Did you get me right? 16. A recent cause of teachers illness is traced to: a. Urinary tract infection b. Anemia c. Tuberculosis d. Tonsilitis 17. Anatole France in Thais is quoted often for these lines-“Fish, which are put upon dry land, die, in the same way, monks wholeave their cells and mix with the world deviate from their holy purpose.” This means _____________. a. One should stay only in his habitat b. Living another life means death c. Monks living out of the monastery violate their holiness d. Monks should never live out of the monastery 18. Ibinabalik ang paligsahan sa balagtasan upang ________. a. Mahasa ang mga bata sa pagsasalita b. Magkaroroon ng kuwentuhan c. Mahasa ang mga bata sa pakikinig, pagsasagot at pananaliksik d. Mabuo ang loob ng mga kasali sa balagtasan 19. How does countries register dislike or disagreement of another country’s discussion through diplomatic means? a. Retaliate by arresting nationals of the other country’s citizens b. File a diplomatic protest c. Declare war immediately d. Recall all its nations 20. Jose Abad Santos is often remembered for this quotation- “I regret I have but one life to give my country.” This is to us.” a. An act of patriotism b. A challenge during adversity c. An act of indecision d. A retreat from destiny 21. A child discovered a new formula for decreasing the population of ants. She submitted this research to a teacher who claimed the research as hers. The teacher a. Right to live within one’s means b. Violated human right c. Right to choose d. Right to intellectual property 22. Parents are worried about students interest in Internet. What is the best safeguard? a. Supervise Internet use with parents consent b. Check on learners’ interest while surfing c. Allow Internet only after classes d. Allow students use of Internet instead of using library books 23. Ms. Cruz is 44 years old. She was 21 years old when she bore her oldest daughter who is six years older than her youngest son. How old is her youngest son? a. 18 b. 22 c. 17 d. 23 24. An ice cream cone is 6m x 63cm√ in depth. How many ice cream cones would you need for 630 cm of ice cream? a. 100 b. 150 c. 60 d. 200 25. A kitchen is to be covered by linoleum. The area is 2m wide and 3.6m long. A roll of linoleum is 90 cm wide at P 12.60 per meter. Find the total length of linoleum required. a. 6.48 m b. 8.10m c. 8 m d. 6.30 m 26. Ano ang tawag sa mga tanong na tulad ng sumusunod:” Ang bahay ay paligid ng espada, ano ito?”

a. Bugtong b. Salaysay c. Tula d. Dikreto 27. Ambushes in provinces are reported in radio and TV broadcast. I at times don’t agree, so I answer: a. No, it is not true c. Yes, it often is b. Yes, it is true d. Yes, at times it is 28. Children in the mountain ranges are diagnosed as suffering from goiter. Determine the cause of such disease. a. Lack of iodine in food b. Excess of iodine in diet c. Excess of vitamins in diet d. Lack of iron in the diet 29. Sa pagtaas ng bandila sa Kawit, anong wika ang ginamit ni Aguinaldo sa kanyang talumpati ? a. Espanol b. Tagalog c. Ingles d. Chabakano 30. What country culture usually show courtesy by living their footware on the stairs? a. Italian c. American b. Japanese d. Chinese 31. Alin ang wastong salita ng bata? a. Nanay, darating ako diyan b. Ako, nanay, darating ako diyan c. Darating nanay ako. d. Nanay, akoy darating diyan? 32. Which of the given fraction is equal to 12/84? a. 7/42 b. 1/8 c. 6/42 d. 1/7 33. Mr. Gatchalian bought a farm lot for P16,000 and sold it for P 20,000. If the overhead was P800, what was his gross profit? a. P 2,200 c. P 3,000 b. P 4,000 d. P 3,200 34. The Filipino family believed that tuberculosis is inherited. In fact the cause is traced to: a. Poor hygiene in coughing and spitting b. Spitting everywhere by active TB patients c. Lack of Vitamin A d. Lack of Vitamin C 35. A boy got tired of getting up early to join the family prayer. Her decided to change his religion. Cite the right he wanted exercised a. Right to free workship b. Right to abide by family rules c. Right to due process d. Right to change workship as provided by its Bible 36. One good rule to avoid intestinal diseases is _____. a. Wash your hands before eating b. Wash your feet before going to bed c. Sleep under a mosquito net d. Avoid insect bites 37. Convert into decimals 98 thousandths. a. 9.8 b. .0098 c. .098 d. 98 38. Families of OFW meet a lot conflicts. How does the government address this; a. Provide schoolarship for husband left behind to study b. Increases insurance benefits c. Encourage more opportunities for OFW d. Creation of skills development centers for OFW 39. The latest discovery in animal industry is in biological science. Where was this most used? a. In the artificial dissemination b. In the tissue transplant c. In the artificial breeding of cattle d. In the clowning of cows 40. Opening of cement plants requires getting a DENR clearance. Which of these clearances are required? a. Air Pollution Clearance c. BIR b. Waste Disposal d. Environmental Clearance (ECC) 41. Which of these numbers is divisible by 6? a. 9558 b. 8573 c. 7514 d. 9646 42. What is meant by this statement? The hostages are free. They paid their way! a. The kidnap victims were freed after a ransom b. No ransom was demanded of the victims c. The kidnap victim’s family negotiated peacefully d. The kidnap victims were safe 43. The MRT commuters increased in number after the pubic ________. a. Reached their destination with full certainty b. Appreciated the full speed c. Realized the fare to be reasonable d. Found the coaches limited in capacity 44. When do doctors declare dengue fever as an epidemic? a. When two are hospitalized from the neighborhood. b. When the proportion of patients reach at least 15% of the population c. When every household of fine houses are sick with high fever

d. When everyone is suffering from a cold 45. One approach to lessen vehicular air pollution is: a. Revenue twenty or more year old vehicles in the street b. Ban diesel using cars on the highway c. Ask pedestrians to use bicycles d. Utilizing the MRT and LRT 46. The reporter was accused in court because of his news story. The story was ____________. a. Tainted with malice c. Too personal to take b. A narration of facts d. Full of distorted facts 47. A refrigerator van brought fish from Davao. The total fish brought in was 1, 250 kg. There were 48 kg left after dealers brought their share. How many kg were sold? a. 1202 kg b. 1102 kg c. 1302 kg d. 1203 kg 48. There is non-government program that extend assistance to children who needs hospitalization and treatment. What is this non-government project? a. Welfareville c. Father Angelo’s Home b. Tahanang Walang Hagdan d. Bantay Bata Project 49. Army men who are rescued from insurgent kidnap undergo medical check-up. Why is this done? a. To protect the prisoner from further harassment b. To avoid relapses from illness while in hiding c. To determine the physical and mental state of the army men d. To determine the loyalty of this army men 50. Teachers allow students to explain their answers in dialects. This is an approach on ________. a. Multilingual level c. Dialectic level b. Bilingual level d. Monolingual level 51. Rural health centers conduct home visitation. Babies are vaccinated early to avoid pulmonary tuberculosis. However, what is the WHO findings? a. Most fathers spit blood and infect babies b. Babies are immuned from TB c. Most children suffer from pulmonary complex d. Mothers sick with TB transmit their disease by breast feeding 52. Ang saging kailanman ay di magbubunga ng santol. Ang salawikain ay nagpapahiwatig na a. Maaring magbunga ng bayabas ang isang punong santol b. Walang pagbabago ang anoman c. Ang bunga ng isang kahoy ay galing sa sariling lahi d. Walang bungang di galing sa sariling puno 53. The different counties around the Philippines have limits in fishing. Which incident violated this territorial boundary? a. Establishing ports and camp with the U.N. consent b. Mining oil in Twi-tawi with Amoa c. Flying planes over free territories d. Catching fish at Srangani Bay 54. The menace of drugs has affected the Philippine economy greatly. Which of these drugs are found most destructive to one’s brain? a. Opium c. Methyl salicilate b. Marijuana d. Shabu 55. “Huwag ka ng mahuhuli sa lakad, “ ayon kay Shiela. “Oo naman, “ sagot ng kapatid. Ano ang kahulugan ng sagot? a. Sasama siya talaga b. Sasama siya ngunit depende sa gising c. Di nakatitiyak siya’y makakasama d. Tiyak siyang sasama 56. Which of these numbers is divisible by 8? a. 900 b. 700 c. 9000 d. 500 57. A subdivision sold a total number of houses to 1, 500 owners. The total area of each lot is 80 sq meters. What is the total area of the subdivision? a. 14 ha b. 11.5 ha. c. 13 ha. d. 12 ha. 58. The commander ordered his men to proceed. Which shows full compliance? a. Sir, Yes, Sir! c. Sir, Sir? Yes, Sir! b. Sir, we are about to go. d. Sir, we are on leave 59. Ang payo ng pare sa rebelde bago sumagot sa mataas na opisyal ay: a. Makinig at isulat ang sagot b. Tumigil at bumati muna c. Tumigil sa ginagawa at makinig d. Makinig ng mabuti 60. Cultural differences and signals may cause miscommunication. Normally, Spanish families go for kissing one another. But this is taboo to some Filipino families who: a. Losing virginity c. Disrespect to elders b. Takes as an affront d. Believe its unsanitary 61. “Join the rally,” the activists shouted, What was asked of the listeners, a. Sympathy for a cause c. Empathy for crusaders b. Apathy for a cause d. Avoidance of street action 62. The Philippines counts more than 7, 114 islands. Why are some islands not fully identified?

a. Some are not inhabited b. Some submerged after a volcanic eruption c. Some have not been surveyed d. Some are only seen during low tides 63. Los Banos is known for its rice researches. Where do the students conduct their researches? a. UP Manila b. UP Cebu c. UPLB d. UP Iloilo 64. Families in the troubled Mindanao areas were _____. a. Scared so they left their homes, b. Satified with the peace efforts, c. Unmindful of the events so they stayed home, d. Happy gunshots filled the air, 65. A girl scout qualified to join an encampment in England. What advantages would she profit from the experience? a. Understanding of other girls in the world b. See the world c. Present Filipino values at the camp d. Feel the sisterhood among other girls 66. Siya’y isang pipi, ngunit kaya niyang mag-guhit ng larawan. Siya’y isang __________. a. Pintor c. Artista b. Manunulat d. Dalubahasa sa siyensya 67. A new building is 360 meters high. There will be 120 storey in this building. What is the height of each storey? a. 3.5 meters b. 3 meters c. 4 meters d. 5 meters 68. The weather bureau gave this warning during thunderstorm. Which comes first? a. Lightning flashes first b. Lightning and thunder are simultaneous c. Thunder sounds spread fast d. Thunder follows all lightnings 69. Which of these group of capital words do not belong to same sound? a. THOSE are hers to claims b. THIS is my nature land c. THAT’S the truth d. THESE are times that try men’s soul 70. A glassware was marked P160. After a day the price increased by 10%. The following another 10% was added to the price. How much was the eventual cost of the glassware? a. P192 b. P195 c.P176 d. P193.60 71. If 35% of the graduating class failed in NSAT and 260 passed. How many failed? a. 105 b. 140 c. 130 d. 91 72. Children are fond of pets. One time a pet dog growled and bit a child. How will the owner handle the situation? a. Allow the dog to be observed for 10-18 days before giving anti-rabies injection b. Use the dog’s brain to treat the wound c. Kill the dog d. Tie the dog and feed it regularly 73. Local peace negotiations should be the primary concern of what office? a. Local municipal and provincial executives b. Church hierarchy c. Philippine National Police d. Philippine marine SWAT force 74. Give the exponential function of y = f(x) a. y = x – 5 c. /= 2x - 2 b. y = x = 1 d. / = 5 x(squared) 75. All the grand daughters were present but the eldest was perceived to be matured than ________. a. Any girl of her like c. Any of her age b. Any one of her age d. Any other girl of her age 76. Students from different countries are offered scholarship in university in America and Europe. What does this imply? a. Kwoledge is not a monopoly of one race b. Students can earn degrees abroad c. There is the university of knowledge d. Admission of Asians in United States universities is limited to nationals 77. Give the product of (4 + 25)( 5 – 35) a. –720 b. 710 c. 720 d. –710 78. Quezon is quoted after on, “I prefer a government run like hell by Filipino…” This means: a. Filipinos can better run their country b. Filipinos are not good leaders c. Filipinos should be governed by foreigners d. Filipinos should depend on foreigners for good governance 79. Sabi ni Balagtas, “ Ang laki sa layaw karaniwa’y hubad.” Ito’y tulad ng: a. Batang walang pakiramdam sa hirap b. Batang di sumusunod sa magulang c. Batang di natuto sa klase

d. Kawayan na mataas 80. The theory on the effective use of cellular phones is credited to _____________. a. Smart b. McDonald c. Bell d. PLDT 81. Congress passed the Fisherman’s Act. How did promote the local fishermen? a. Shorelines were not open to big shipping companies b. Foreign fishing vessels could catch fish at any distance in Philippine waters c. Deep sea fishing was allowed within five kilometers from the shorelines d. Local government had control of the shorelines within 15 kilometers 82. Conducting PRC examinations aboard to OFC in different countries are perceived as a a. Service to overseas workers b. Propaganda of government c. A pleasure trip for PRC officers d. Service to earn dollars 83. A rectangular tank is 2m long and 1.5m wide and 1m deep. If you fill the said tank half-full, how many cubic meters will it have? a. 10 cm b. 15 cm c. 16 cm d. 5 cm 84. Mis Viloria has eleven children. Her husband decided to send their to Manila and seek jobs. The eldest child is only 16 years old. What right is violated by the father? a. Right of the children to assistance, proper care and attention b. Right of family to family living wage c. Right to education d. Right of the child to work and exploitation 85. What do this study reveal? During student individual ascendary undergraduates who are politically far right, far left or adherents to ideologies of any type decreases. a. Undergraduates of political inclination become rabid ideologist b. Undergraduates tend to be less active as they ascend in college c. Freshman are radical activist d. Individual ascendancy effect attitudes of college undergraduates positively 86. There are 18 Tagalog maids and 12 Visayan maids serving in a hotel. Give the ratio of the Tagalog to the entire group and express them in simple terms? a. 3/2 b. 2/5 c. d. 3/5 87. Solve –6x-7=3x+12. a. 5/3 b. 3 c. 5 d. 9/5 88. A prisoner was made to confess of his guilt. A lawyer of the respondent was present in the confession. What was violated? a. The prisoner should have a lawyer of his choice b. The confession was without due consultant c. The prisoner was approached properly d. The choice of the lawyer was made by the accuser 89. “Ang di marunong lumingon sa pinanggalingan ay di makararating sa paroroonan. “Itoy a. Babala sa maikli ang pag-iisip b. Babala sa mga mayaman c. Babala sa nakalimot ng kanyang tunay na buhay d. Babala sa bagong mayaman 90. Unleaded gas used to cost P18.01 liter. The next day the same was sold for P18.13 a liter. The station sold 11,001 liters. How much gas was realized in a day? a. P13,200.12 c. P11,320.12 b. P1,320.12 d. P15,102.12 91. The Philippine National Bank soars and has use a symbol for its advertisement it is: a. The pigeon b. The hawk c. The eagle d. The parrot 92. The hostage victims were heard asking the rescuers to hold on the fort. What was the message? a. Rescue them fast and early b. Disregard the peace negotiations c. Surrender in arms d. Keep on with the fight 93. Text messages are used for fast communication. What does this message mean? “Ur have to meet friends 5 A.M.” a. You have friends to meet at A.M. b. You should meet your friends at five in the morning. c. You have to be here at 5 in the afternoon. d. Be there at five in the morning. 94. Empty bottles and cases of pesticides must be disposed of properly. Which is the best way. a. Burying containers in deep pits b. Washing with soap suds c. Burning in a pit d. Breaking the bottles in waste boxes 95. How many years are there in a decade? a. 10 years c. 20 years b. 50 years d. 5 years 96. The crimes were considered serious because the penalty was. a. A total exile in a foreign land b. A life sentence c. Lethal injection

d. To die in jail 97. Criminals sentenced to death through lethal injection were positive of: a. Shabu b. Tuberculosis c. Malaria d. AIDs 98. A traveler was helped by other passengers for his extra weight of 112kg. There were travelers who gave their allotment of 25kg. How many more extra weight will be pay? a. 35 kg b. 37 kg c. 48 kg d. 38 kg 99. How are families assisted by the media? a. Free packages sent door to door to families. b. Sponsored free long distance call offered by PLDT. c. Free communication and messages to family members in different radio stations. d. Free telephone calls are offered by some radio stations. 100. The continuous flooding in Davao and Agusan is traced to: a. Cultural minority discriminated b. Wanton cutting of trees c. Rich rice fields to be irrigated d. Water transportation availability 101. How did the explorers who rode up to the moon managed to survive? a. Food in jelly form c. Food in biscuit form b. Food in capsule form d. Food through liquid form 102. Volcanic eruptions caused evacuees to be insecure. Choose the situation reflecting the situation. a. Ash falls are blessings for fertility of soil. b. The lava attracted tourists. c. Government aid was immediate and flowing. d. Crops covered by lava will affect livelihood and earning. 103. There are several advertisements that encourage people to take this supplement so that they can grow 3 to 5 inches more even after the age of 20. a. This is not possible because there is definite pattern of growth of bones and muscles b. This is true because the AD would not have been allowed c. This is not true because there are no specific individuals mentioned d. This is true because of the protein content 104. Crimes does not pay and rapists cannot avoid ______. a. Electric prosecution c. Lethal injection b. Genocide d. Hostage 105. A twin was born to a Russian mother, during the war she gave up her twins to volunteers and foster parents. How could the adoption papers be made legitimate? a. Seek the consent of the real mother and go ahead with adoption proceeding b. Proper adoption paper approved by both countries c. Conceal the call from authorities d. Sell the birth certificate 106. A policeman caught a pusher carrying prohibited drugs. Each package weighed 12 kg, 10 1/8 kg, 11 ¾ kg, and 8 kg. Give the weight of the confiscated drugs. a. 40 3/8 kg b. 41 ¾ kg c. 42 5/8 kg d. 21 ½ kg 107. Which of the given fractions is equal to 15/75? a. 3/5 b. 2/5 c. 1/5 d. 4/5 108. Everyday there are reports of vehicular accidents. What preventive measure is done to identify drivers who take drugs? a. Drivers’ licenses are released after clearance from barangay chairman b. Drivers are exempted from psychological tests c. Drivers are given road tests d. Drivers licenses are released after a drug test clearance 109. Agriculture centers have found lately varieties of coconut propagation. How did their varieties get discovered and distributed? a. Putting up nurseries b. Laboratory tissue culture c. Fielding scholars d. Seed selection process 110. “Pare-pareho kayo. Wala akong mapagpilian, “ wika ng isang gurong puno ng galit sa mga lalaki. Siya’y _____. a. Nawalan ng gana sa pagtuturo b. Nawalan ng tiwala sa mga lalaki c. Nawalan ng gana sa buhay d. Nawalan ng tiwala sa lahat ng tao 111. Environmentalist believe that ___________, a. Opening dumping sites will solve waste disposal best b. Burying plastic will ease clogging of water canals. c. Classifying garbage identify biodegradable and non-biodegradable waste. d. Burning garbage is the safest approached. 112. What comes out of this conversation? “Really?” “Yes, she wanted to find out all about your house. She even asked how old your servants were.” And Jeanne burst out laughing. “I’m distrustful Isn’t it. Very natural to feel uneasy about what one cannot understand.” a. Someone was scrutinizing Jeanne b. Jeanne was wary about the questions raised c. There is an inquiry going on d. People can be snoopy at times

113. Ang tamang babala na ipipintura sa pader ay: a. Dito nakatira ang durugista b. Mag-ingat sa durigista sa paligid c. Bahay ng durigista: mag-ingat d. Parisan ninyo ang nakatira dito 114. Famine in Africa found very many malnourished children. Several had poor teeth and sight. This is a sign of ________. a. Deficiency in Vitamin A and D b. Deficiency in protein c. Deficiency in Vitamin B d. Deficiency in iron 115. Cooperative concept started in Europe. Now the Department of Agriculture is using cooperatives to promote productivity. What windows are open to farmer members of cooperatives? a. Loan packages for purchase of working animals, tractors and fertilizers b. Loan package for irrigation pumps c. Loan packages seedling and fertilizers d. Loan packages for the educational expenses of farmers 116. The impeachment led Filipinos to ___________. a. Understand the judge’s comments b. Hate administration trials c. Appreciate the democratic process of government. d. Listen to the proceedings. 117. The class was in a state of confusion, What was uttered by the teacher to put all at ease? a. Class, what’s wrong? At ease. b. Class, be seated c. Class, listen to me d. Class, sit down 118. Ayaw niyang _________ dahil di rin siya aalis. a. Umaalis b. Aalis c. Umalis d. Mag-alis 119. In one drug rehabilitation center most inmates who were found deep in prohibited drugs were: a. Children who were lazy and vicious b. Children who had no identity to speak up c. Children wanting of parental love and care d. Children who have so much to spend 120. Food preparations are handled well to avoid spoilage caused by _______ of products. a. Unsanitary condition c. Unlimited preservatives b. Miscalculation d. Mislabeling 3. If our present government is a democracy, where does power reside? a. In the Filipino people b. In Congress c. In the President d. In the Supreme Court 4. In President Quezon’s time, the country had the Philippine Commonwealth. What is TRUE about the Philippine Commonwealth? The Filipino people _____________________. a. Were fully independent. b. Were partially independent. c. Were granted total freedom to course their destiny only in matters of education. d. Were citizens of the United States. 5. In the decade of the 70’s, one clamor of the activists who staged street demonstration on the streets was “Down with the oligarchs!” What did they accuse government of as suggested by the underlined word? a. A rule of the few rich b. A form of dictatorship c. Anti-poor d. Elitist 6. With the Batasang Pambansa performing legislative and executive powers in the Marcos regime, which form of government was implemented? a. Parliamentary b. Dictatorial c. Monarchial d. Presidential 7. What form of government is characterized by the separation of powers? a. Parliamentary b. Presidential c. Aristocracy d. Monarchical 8. To which type of political system do we belong?

a. Colonialism b. Totalitarianism c. Democracy d. Capitalism 9. In which form of government does power or authority reside in a few persons who govern for their own interest? a. Oligarchy b. Monarchy c. Democracy d. Parliamentary 10. Which of the following represents the smallest subunit of government in the Philippines? a. Purok b. Barangay c. Sitio d. Zone 11. The Philippine government is divided into three branches: executive, legislative and judiciary. Which among the following doctrines best describes the model of governance in the Philippines? a. Tricameralism b. Separation of powers c. Emancipation of state d. Division of labor 12. The Philippine legislature is divided into two major bodies, the Senate and the House of Representatives. Which among the following describes this division of the legislative body of the country? a. Bipartisanism b. Co- legislative power c. Unicameralism d. Bicameralism 13. Which type of governance is characterized by a union of partially self- governing states or regions united by a central government? a. Federalism b. Socialism c. Democracy d. Totalitarianism 14. In England, Queen Elizabeth acts as a head of state. This country also has a parliament and a Prime Minister. Which among the following describes the form of government? a. Totalitarianism b. Constitutional monarchy c. Oligarchy d. Aristocracy 15. What right is violated when one opens a letter without permission from the addressee? a. Right to privacy of communication and correspondence. b. Right to read a letter. c. Right to open the envelope without permission. d. Right to private affairs. 16. When an individual is imprisoned without proper investigation, what right is violated? a. Right to due process of law b. Right to secure persons c. Right to process paper d. Right to protection 17. What law was passed by the Philippine Congress in 1995 which affirms the total integration of persons with disabilities into the mainstream of society? a. Republic Act No. 7277 b. Republic Act No. 7784 c. Republic Act No. 7722 d. Republic Act No. 7776 18. An individual has the right to file writ of amparo before the investigation of an administrative case filed against him/ her. What fundamental right is invoked by the individual? a. Right to life, liberty and security b. Right to due process c. Right to be defended by a public attorney d. Right to self- defense

19. What is the writ of habeas corpus? a. Right to information privacy b. Right to accumulate data c. Right to transmit data d. Right to search for private information 20. Which principle states that no man in his country is above the law and that laws must be obeyed by all and applied to everyone – rich or poor, lowly or powerful, without fear or favor? a. Rule of law b. Rule of the majority c. Separation of church and state d. Social justice 21.In connection with government transactions involving public interest which policy is adopted in the Constitution to assure public of accountability and transparency? a. Full public disclosure b. Balanced and healthful ecology c. Private enterprise and incentives to needed investments d. Rural development and agrarian reform 22. Filipino citizens have the power to participate in the establishment or administration of government such as right to vote and be voted upon as an exercise of ____________________. a. Political rights b. Civil rights c. Social rights d. Economic rights 23. Which right is violated by wiretapping? a. Freedom of conversation b. The right to private property c. The right to privacy of communication d. Right to information on matters of public concern 24.In Philippine history, who was known as “The Great Dissenter”? a. Camilo Osias b. Manuel Roxas c. Claro M. Recto d. Eulogio Rodriguez 25.Who first introduced the Islamic religion to the Philippines? a. Rajah Baguinda b. Idi Amin c. Mukdum d. Abu Bakr 26. The Japanese successful invasion was climaxed by the surrender of the joint Filipino American forces on May 6, 1942. Where did this happen? a. Bataan b. Corregidor c. Capas d. Manila 27. Who is the President who is known for his “Filipino First Policy” and Austerity Program? a. Diosdado Macapagal b. Carlos P. Garcia c. Manuel Roxas d. Ramon Magsaysay 28. With whom is the “Strong Republic” associated? a. Fidel V. Ramos b. Joseph Estrada c. Gloria Macapagal- Arroyo d. Corazon Aquino 29. When one company controls the supply of sugar, which term applies? a. Monopoly b. Inflation c. Economic stability d. Equilibrium 30. Tomatoes as off season and so price for tomatoes are up. Which law/principle in Economics explains it? a. Substitution effect

b. Law of cause and effect c. Principle of marginal utility d. Law of supply and demand 31. Which explains GNP? a. The total value in pesos of goods and services produced during the year. b. The total value in pesos of goods produced during the year. c. The total value in pesos of services produced during the year. d. The total value in pesos of goods and services produced for 2 quarters. 32. Which term refers to social aspects of sex or to socially defined roles and expectations that are associated with sex? a. Social differentiation b. Social class c. Gender d. Cultural context 33. Which does one portray when he thinks that what is foreign is best and that what is local is inferior? a. Xenocentrism b. Relativism c. Ethnocentrism d. Favoritism 34. The statement that success often comes to those with humble beginnings would apply best to which of the following figures? a. Ramon Magsaysay b. Gloria M. Arroyo c. Corazon C. Aquino d. Joseph E. Estrada 35. Which of the following represent ethnocentric behavior? a. A tourist who lectures his foreign hosts on the "uncivilized" nature of their marriage customs b. A student who tutors an immigrant in English c. A Hispanic community group demands that public aid forms be published in English and Spanish d. A Peace Corps volunteer who helps digs wells in Central Africa 36. With the promotion of social justice in mind, which does NOT belong to the group? a. Equitable access to education b. Profit sharing c. Diffusion of wealth d. Absolute right over property 37. Which part of the Visayas receives the least precipitation? a. Northern b. Eastern c. Western d. Central 38.When the Filipino reformists asked for the assimilation of the Philippines by Spain, what did they ask for? For the Philippines to ________. a. become independent from Spain b. become a province of Spain c. be independent from Spain with certain conditions d. be represented in the Spanish Cortes 39. How is the so-called colonial mentality manifested? a. Cultural relativism b. Cultural diversity c. Xenocentrism d. Ethnocentrism 40. The maximum price that can be legally changed for a good or service is called _____. a. minimum wage b. price floor c. legal wage d. price ceiling 41.The following are legitimate children, EXCEPT ___________. a. Those born by artificial insemination. b. Those legitimated. c. Those born during a valid marriage of parents.

d. Those born out of a valid marriage of the parents. 42. Which location should have most nearly twelve hours of daylight and twelve hours of darkness during December? A town that is located __________. a. Halfway between the Equator and the South Pole. b. Close to the Equator. c. Close to the North Pole. d. Close to the South Pole. 43. Society denotes ______________________. a. the totality of social organization and its complex of social relationships b. a group of people who share a common culture c. a geographical aggregate who live a common life and interact with one another d. all of the above 44. Sociologists define culture as: a. a state of refinement b. the plastic and graphics arts c. activities such as TV sitcoms, soap operas or rock music d. the totality of meanings, values, customs, norms, ideas and symbols relative to a society 45. The obligation to repay a person for whom one has received a favor with undefined quantification is ___. a. Pakikisama b. utang na loob c. kusang loob d. magandang loob 46. The occurrence of graft and corruption, nepotism and favoritism in the Philippines if often attributed to the value of: a. Personalism b. hospitality c. Impersonalism d. utang na loob 47. The type of residence which permits the newly married couple to reside independently of the parents of the bride and the groom is – a. patrilocal b. neolocal residence c. matrilocal d. bilocal 48. The movement of a person or group of persons to another place more or less for permanent residence is – a. migration b. population growth c. population change d. ecological movement 49.____ is the material wealth given to the bride and her family before marriage. a. bride wealth b. fetish c. fosterage all of these d. dowry 50. The division of society into layers in termed as – a. stratification b. life chance matrix c. status inconsistency d. status defects 51. The most preferred form of marriage in human societies is – a. monogamy b. polyandry c. polygamy d. bigamy 52. What is writ of habeas data? a. Right to information privacy b. Right to accumulate data c. Right to transmit data d. Right to search for private information

53. When a teacher is charged with an administrative case committed in the lawful discharge of professional duties, what right may the teacher invoke for her defense? a. Right to receive compensation for the duration of the case. b. Right to be given the due process of law. c. Right to be defended by the organization of teachers to which he/ she is a member. d. Right to be provided with free legal service by the appropriate office. 54. Can you be arrested without a warrant of arrest? a. No, if you are a minor. b. No, if you are more than 60 years old. c. Yes, if you were reported to have committed a crime. d. Yes, if you are in the act of committing a crime. 55. Can a person be imprisoned for debt? a. No, if he can’t pay the interest of his debt. b. Yes, if he has no property with which to pay his debt. c. No. d. Yes, if he stubbornly refuses to pay. 56. What does “presumption of innocence” mean in so far as human rights are concerned? a. A suspect is considered guilty until proven otherwise. b. A suspect has the right to remain silent. c. A suspect has the right to a legal counsel. d. A suspect remains innocent until proven guilty. 57. No person may be elected as President of the Philippines unless he/ she is a ____________. a. Natural born citizen b. Resident of the Philippines for at least 2 years c. At least 21 years old d. Professional 58. A bill becomes a law even if not signed by the President after ___ days. a. 60 b. 40 c. 20 d. 30 59. Who has the power to declare the existence of a state of war? a. Chief justice b. President c. Senate President d. Congress 60. How is the crime of rape classified? a. Heinous b. Homicide c. Slander d. Malicious Mischief 61. All Filipino citizens have the right to vote and to be voted upon as a government official. What is this constitutional right called? a. Passive right to vote b. Political franchise c. Suffrage d. Electoral right 62. Which is TRUE of the historical development of the Philippines? a. It has never been an independent nation. b. It has been an independent nation ever since. c. It has evolved from a colony to a fully independent nation. d. It has not achieved full independence from the very beginning. 63. Basically, the Philippine agrarian reform program is a question of _______________. a. Land distribution b. Nepotism and corruption c. Graft and corruption d. Environmental degeneration 64. Which is TRUE of the Philippines? a. It has been colonized by two European colonial powers. b. It has never been united as a nation. c. There have been attempts to change its government to a parliamentary form. d. It is the only Christian country in Asia.

65. Which is TRUE of former president Corazon Aquino? I. The first female president of the Philippines. II. The first female president in Asia. III. Described as the “icon of democracy”. a. I, II, and III b. I and II c. I and III d. I only 66. Which of the following was first to happen? a. Aguinaldo was captured. b. Aguinaldo declared Philippine independence. c. Guerilla warfare against the US was initiated. d. The Philippines was ceded to the US by the Treaty of Paris. 67. In 1565, Legaspi concluded a blood compact with the chief of Bohol. Who is referred to? a. Raja Sulayman b. Sikatuna c. Lakandula d. Rajah Tupas 68. During the Spanish era, who was the revolutionary leader who waged a long war against the government because it did not allow proper burial for his brother? a. Macario Sakay b. Andres Bonifacio c. Diego Silang d. Francisco Dagohoy 69. What was the first book published in the Philippines? a. Del Superior Govierno b. Doctrina Christiana c. Pasiong Mahal d. Barlaame Josaphat 70. While in the capitalist system, “to the strongest goes the spoil”, what happens in the cooperative system? a. All benefits are shared to the members proportionate to the shared capital. b. Goods are distributed among the members but benefiting mostly the policymaking body. c. Goods are distributed among the members. d. Goods are distributed among the members but elected and appointed officials get more to comprehensive their service. 71. I rent out for Php 10, 000 per month my only building and lot to the Jesus is Lord Group which uses it exclusively for religious purposes. I am exempt from payment of ________________. a. Property tax b. Professional tax c. Income tax d. Community tax 72. Which is an unlawful act of escaping from payment of taxes? a. Evasion b. Avoidance c. Exemption d. Shifting 73. What does “capital” in economics refer to? a. Investment and loss computed b. Outcome of business transaction c. Money/ machines invested to transact business d. Profit and labor spent spent for business 74. Which term refers to duties payable on goods, whether imported or exported? a. Assessment b. Tariff c. Subsidiary d. Revenue 75. The expression promdi connotes ______________________. a. Ethnocentrism b. Xenocentrism c. Favoritism d. Racial discrimination

76. The primary purpose of taxation is to _____________________. a. Raise revenue for the support of the government. b. Reduce inequalities in wealth and incomes. c. Fortify the government against invaders. d. Make the country a leading industrialized country in the world. 77. How do you describe a typical social structure which describes a pattern through which relationships at work are ordered? a. Technological b. Communistic c. Capitalistic d. Bureaucratic 78. When parents decide to send their children to a private school and pay their tuition fee instead of sending them to public school, they don’t get their share in their benefit derived from the taxes they pay. This is a case of ____________________. a. Social injustice b. Double jeopardy c. Double taxation d. Social inequity 79 Society denotes a. the totality of social organization and its complex of social relationships b. a group of people who share a common culture c. a geographical aggregate who live a common life and interact with one another d. all of the above 80. The pattern of relationship between units of a specified whole is: a. social structure b. social organization c. society d. all of these 81. Sociologists define culture as: a. a state of refinement b. the plastic and graphics arts c. activities such as TV sitcoms, soap operas or rock music d. the totality of meanings, values, customs, norms, ideas and symbols relative to a society 82 Which statement about culture does sociologist hold? a. people living in urban areas are highly cultured b. the Negritoes in Central Luzon are uncultured c. all societies have culture d. all of the above 83 The idea held by the Negritoes about nature spirits helping them is an example of: a. norms b. belief c. perception d. sanction 84. The strongly held norms considered essential to the welfare of the people and their cherished values are called: a. folkways b. belief c. mores d. laws 85. When norms are formalized a governing body, they become a. folkways b. belief c. mores d. laws 86. The socially imposed rewards and punishments to ensure the conformity of the members of society to its norms are called a. laws b. folkways c. mores d. sanctions 87. Which of the following is a part of our folkways?

a. the pamanhikan b. superstitious c. the ten commandments d. all of these 88. The feeling of unpleasantness or disorientation when one goes to an unfamiliar setting is: a. culture strip b. skeptical receptivity c. culture shock d. cultural imagination 89. When one group blends and takes on the characteristics of another culture, there is ____. a. Acculturation b. Accommodation c. adaption d. assimilation 90. The sharing for the dignity of others and being with them is: a.Pakikisalamuha b.Pakikiisa c. pakikipagkapwa d. pakikitungo 91. The obligation to repay a person for whom one has received a favor with undefined quantification is ___. a.Pakikisama b. kusang loob c. magandang loob d. utang na loob 92. The occurrence of graft and corruption, nepotism and favoritism in the Philippines if often attributed to the value of: a. Personalism b. Impersonalism c. utang na loob d. hospitality 93. The raw materials from which personality is fashioned refers to: a. genetic personalities b. biological inheritance c. geographical environment d. socio-cultural environment 94. The basic idea off personality held by the symbolic interactionism is that personality is the result of the interaction. a. heredity and environment b. individuals mediated by symbols or language c. the individuals and his culture d. all of these 95. The process by which a child learns to conform to the norms of the group acquires a status, plays the corresponding role and emerges with a social self is – a. education b. enculturation c. presentation of self d. socialization 96. Which statement best characterizes the socialization process? a. the first five years of child’s life is crucial in personality formation b. socialization is a continuous life-long process c. culture makes its deep influence during early childhood d. the church play a crucial role in the socialization process 97. According to Cooley, the ability of children to visualize themselves through the eyes of others and imagine how they appear to others is called – a. personality b. looking glass self c. presentation of self d. superego

98. Responding to a number of individuals in the group and integrating the various rules or set of norms of the group takes place in what is called the period of the – a. looking glass self b. reference groups c. generalized others d. development of the social self 99. Which of the following serves as the role model and source of values and attitudes for the young? a. school group b. church group c. peer group d. mass media 100. Statuses which are fixed at birth by biological characteristics over which the individuals has little control are – a. ascribed b. assigned c. achieved d. attained 101. Becoming a doctor is an example of – a. ascribed b. assigned c. achieved d. attained 102. The basic element of social structure in Philippine society is the – a. friendship group b. family c. school d. rural community 103. The totality of social organization and the complex network of interconnected, interdependent and overlapping social relationships refers to – a. social groups b. society c. bureaucracy d. state 104. In the Philippines, the adoption or borrowing of the culture patterns and values of the Chinese by the Filipinos and vice-versa is – a. accommodation b. society c. bureaucracy d. reciprocity 105. The family where one is born, reared and socialized is – a. family orientation b. family of procreation c. nuclear family d. egalitarian family 106. The type of residence which permits the newly married couple to reside independently of the parents of the bride and the groom is – a. patrilocal b. matrilocal d. neolocal residence c. bilocal 107. Among the Muslims, the most common type of family is – a. nuclear b. joint c. neolocal d. avunculocal family 108. The function of religion in all culture is – a. to provide guidance to behavior b. perform welfare function c. discover a road to spiritual serenity d. perform recreation function

109. The hierarchical arrangement and establishment of social categories that may evolve into social groups together with statuses and their corresponding roles refer to: a. social ranking b. social stratification c. bureaucracy d. segmentation 110. The social standing of a person or group within a social class or the whole stratification system is called – a. status b. role c. social exchange d. social rank 111. When we say Cebuanos are thrifty and industrious, and Bicolanos are friendly people, we are making use – a. stereotypes b. ethnocentrism c. Epithets d. prejudice 112. The improvement in the quality of life, ensuring adequate level of nutrition and suitable characteristics of economically and politically stable societies of the West is – a. modernization b. development c. globalization d. progress 113. The movement of a person or group of persons to another place more or less for permanent residence is – a. migration b. population growth c. population change d. ecological movement 114. The complex whole which includes knowledge, belief, art, morals, laws, customs, and any other capabilities and habits acquired by men as a member of society is – a. religion b. ethnocentrism c. idiosyncrasy d. culture 115. The anthropologist who discovered the tabon cave in Palawan was – a. Jaime Bulatao b. Linda Jocano c. Robert Fox d. Frank Lynch e. Francisco Rodrigo 116. The kinship group consisting of parents and children is the – a. nuclear b. stem c. extended d. households 117. ____ is the material wealth given to the bride and her family before marriage. a. bride wealth b. fosterage c. dowry d. fetish 118. Polygamy is practiced by the – a. Muslims of southern Philippines b. Kalingas c. Bontocs d. Negritos 119. ___ describes the blurring and breakdown of established rules, standards, categories, distinctions and boundaries. a. naturalization b. postmodern c. urbanization d. westernization

120. ___ are considered as society’s standards of morality, propriety, ethics and legality. a. folkways b. values c. norm d. habits 121. ___ is the family in which a person is raised and born. a. family of procreation b. family of orientation c. extended family d. joint family e. family size 122. ___ was Frank Lynch’s contribution to the study of Filipino values. It connotes the facility of getting along with others so as to avoid outward signs of conflicts, even under difficult circumstances. a. smooth interpersonal relationship b. reciprocity c. amor propio d. utang na loob 123. ___ is a Filipino value and defined as benign taken by one’s fellowmen for what one is or believes he is and treated in accordance with his status, not rejected or improperly criticized. a. social acceptance b. pakikipagkapwa c. amor propio d. bayanihan 124. Countless popular songs tell us that for every person there is one true love. This is an example of – a. real culture b. ideal culture c. subculture d. patterned evasion 125. Which of the following is a value? a. students should not throw spitballs during classes b. students who cheat on examinations should be suspended c. all young people have a right to an education d. college professors should not data their students e. all of the above 126. A rule about putting your napkins in your lap before you start eating is an example of – a. mores b. ethnocentrism c. folkway d. laws 127. By taking the role of the other, George Herbert Mead meant – a. practicing the new role before actually taking on that role b. seeing an image of oneself reflected in other people’s eyes c. learning to play a game such as baseball by the rules d. learning to see things from another person’s point of view. e. all of these 128. One of the primary differences between peers and parents as agents of socialization is that – a. peers engage in open conflict b. peer’s relations are egalitarian c. peers and parents have different confliction values d. peer are more fun 129. Freud’s term for the part of the personality that operates on the pleasure level, seeking immediate gratification, is the – a. Id b. Superego c. ego d. libido e. drive 130. Which of the following theories saw socialization as a confrontation between the individual and society? a. Sigmund Freud

b. Erik Erikson c. George Herbert Mead d. Charles Horton Cooley e. John Locke 131. Young children “play” at being mothers and fathers, cops and robbers, Hollywood stars and sports heroes. All of these are examples of role playing illustrate – a. the generalized other b. learning to play the game c. anticipatory socialization d. id impulses 132. Which of the following is an example of an achieved status? a. Wife b. brother c. having blue eyes d. being born male 133. A sick person’s obligation to stay in bed and follow doctor’s orders is an example of his or her – a. status b. role c. presentation of self d. institution 134. The so-called superwoman syndrome, which holds that a woman ought to be able to keep and raise a family while pursuing a full-time career is an example of – a. role strain b. role conflict c. institutionalized d. identity confusion 135. In order to achieve control, all societies depend upon ___ which are rewards for conforming behavior and punishment for deviant behavior – a. informal norms b. values c. sanctions d. offenses 136. The division of society into layers in termed as – a. stratification b. status inconsistency c. status defects d. life chance matrix 137. The most preferred form of marriage in human societies is – a. monogamy b. polygamy c. bigamy d. polyandry 138. The function of family that has become increasingly important in contemporary society is a. the distribution of goods and services b. socialization of children c. regulation of sexual activity d. emotional gratification e. all of these 139. Who called religion as the opium of the people? a. Max Weber b. Karl Max c. Emile Durkheim d. Robert Bellah 140. All religion shares which of the following characteristics? a. a quest for visions and mystical experiences b. rituals that symbolizes beliefs c. a belief in spirits d. a belief in God e. a belief in the Holy Spirit 141. The process by which population is concentrated in cities is called – a. Secularization b. rural migration

c. urbanization d. all of these 142. An urban area containing a city and its surrounding suburb and forming an economic and geographic unit is called – a. metropolis b. neopolis c. iopolis d. community 143. Karl Max, one of the fathers of Communism says that religion is – a. a game of life b. the opium of the people c. the bread of life d. a form of harassment e. none of these 144. The Christian values of compassion, mercy, humility, sacrifices, gratitude and obedience as opposing rigor, practice, pride, indulgence, reciprocity, and independence, respectively have found the ways of faith, hope and peace in the World. Give your view in terms of the following: a. impractical b. suit to contemporary world c. likely to generate more peace and harmony d. do more harm than good e. all of these 145. Beauty, health, and wealth necessary go together in principle. On this premise, if a person possesses only one or two of them, he/she loses a great deal of what is essential in life – a. the premise is true but the conclusion is false b. the premise and the conclusion are both true c. the premise is false but the conclusion is true d. the premise and the conclusion are both false e. none of these 146. In general, values maybe effectively taught by means of inculcation and instilment. The others are – a. repetition, instinction, practice and imitation b. compassion, expression and problem-solving c. function, habituation, cultivation d. enrichment, intensification, improvement and modification e. none of these 147. Values are refined in instructional materials such as stories, plays and game or in ___ a. technology like film or radio b. neighboring chats c. festivities d. rallies 148. The general term used to indicate multiple marriage of any type is – a. polygamy b. hybridization c. serial monogamy d. group marriage 149. The system of relation among the members in a society is – a. kinship b. descent c. festive kinship d. lineage 150. ___ refers to sexual relation with close relatives. a. taboo b. incest c. agriates d. endogamy 151. ___ refers to that form of a family whereby married brothers with their respective families decided to live together less than one house. a. deal career family b. trifurcated family c. stem family d. joint family

152. The existence of university belt, cars, raw, restaurants, row or auto spare parts streets is an example of – a. Centralization b. Concentration c. gradient d. dominance 153. A change in technology and science of a society is – a. Innovation b. culture changes c. geographical changes d. social change 154. The study of population – its size, distribution and change is – a. Sociology b. human ecology c. geography d. demography 155. The movement of a person or group of persons to another place more or less for permanent residence is a. migration b. immigration c. population growth d. population change 156. The improvement in the quality of life, ensuring adequate level of nutrition and suitable physical surroundings in the social, political, and ecological systems and helping the people realize their potentials is – a. modernization b. development c. globalization d. progress 157. The form of behavior that violate the norms and culture – a. flainters b. deviant c. defiant d. non-socia 158. Which serves as the role model and source of values and attitudes for the young – a. school group b. church group c. peer group d. mass media 159. The basic idea of personality held by symbolic interactions is that personality is the result of the interaction between – a. heredity and environment b. individuals mediated by symbols or language c. the individuals and his culture d. all of these 160. The supreme and over-reaching values that characterizes education is – a. human dignity b. health and harmony with nature c. human existence d. peace and practice 161. The occurrence of graft and corruption, nepotism and favoritism in the Philippines is often attributed to the values of – a. personalism b. impersonalism c. utang na loob d. hospitality 162. When one group blends and takes in the character of another culture there is – a. acculturation b. accommodation c. adoption d. assimilation 163. When norms are formalized by governing body, they become – a. folkways

b. mores c. laws d. sanctions 164. In the Philippines the adoption or borrowing of the cultural patterns and values of the Chinese by the Filipino and vice-versa is – a. accommodation b. adoption c. acculturate d. reprocity 165. In terms of authority, the Filipino family and more – a. patriarchal b. matriarchal c. equilateral d. bilateral 166. To the middle class, the main indicator of social status is – a. land holding b. lifestyle c. authority d. education e. all of these 167. A change in the technology and science of a society is a. Innovation b. cultural change c. geographical change d. social change e. technological change 168 Even among identical twins, brothers and sisters, teachers should not compare abilities because – a. every individual is unique b. comparisons can arouse the feeling of hostility and anger c. comparisons can lead to unnecessary pressures d. all of these 169. There are different factors that affect intelligence, which of these refers to the pathological conditions? a. heredity b. race c. brain d. emotion 170. The lowest IQ indicated in the intelligence scale is a. moron b. imbecile c. idiot d. feeble-minded 171. The individual’s basic outlooks, values and ideals are to a great shape except during – a. neonate b. childhood c. adolescence d. adulthood 172. The cycle of human development includes the following stages mentioned below. Which of these stages should come first? a. adulthood b. Infanthood c. childhood d. adolescence 173. One inherits certain traits from one’s parents but he is not the real replica of his parents. This explains the principle of heredity which is the principle of – a. variation b. uniformity c. reproduction d. filial regression

174. The teacher can help develop self-concept among her pupils by – a. letting the child know how bad, stupid and a failure he was b. keeping quiet about the child’s limitation c. expressing confidence on the child’s capability d. punishing 175. Which of the following will not directly satisfy biological drives? a. water b. oxygen c. economic security d. sleep 176. What term is used to refer to internal stimulus condition of the organism, which impels it to activity? a. motives b. school phobia c. motivation d. incentive 177. A child who is overprotected or rejected may suffer – a. obsession b. school phobia c. neutralism d. hypochondriac 178. There are many factors to consider in determining the child’s readiness for learning. Which of these is the most basic? a. maturation b. experience c. methods and materials instruction d. emotional; attitudes and personal adjustment 179. The internationalization of ethical values refers to a. personality b. character c. dynamics d. organization 180. Learning is due to maturation and training. Which of the laws is highly related to it? a. Law of use b. Law of annoyance c. Law of effect d. Law of readiness 181. What tests are designed to measure capabilities? a. achievement tests b. aptitude tests c. objective tests d. standardized tests 182. During the sensorimotor period, the child develops a functional understanding of many things. Which of these does not belong to these? a. imitation to play b. causality objects c. space and time d. concentration 183. When teaching Math, the teacher provides situations where the pupils discovered the meaning of square. We may then the pupils form – a. process concept b. structural concept c. quality concept d. cluster concept 184. Which of these listed needs does not belong to the socio-genic type? a. thirst b. status c. security d. independence 185. The most scientific school of psychology is – a. Behaviorism

b. Gestaltism c. Structuralism d. Functionalism 186. A child who can execute difficult dance steps, throw and catch a ball skillful play several games is said to have – a. mechanical intelligence b. abstract intelligence c. motor intelligence d. social intelligence 187. A child who is cordial, friendly and helpful with whom people like, has a high capacity for – a. mechanical intelligence b. abstract intelligence c. motor intelligence d. social intelligence 188. Which of the four emotional behavior patterns will be the reaction in pleasant situation? a. destruction b. approach c. retreat d. stopping of response 189. When a younger reverts to weeping, pouting or childish play as a means of overcoming frustrations, this mechanism is called – a. repression b. regression c. nomadism d. fantasy 190. Cognitive domain refers to – a. skills b. attitudes c. values d. knowledge with understanding 191. There are different ways of identifying talented and gifted children. Which of these will contribute least to such identification? a. standardized intelligence tests b. standardized achievement tests c. teachers’ observations d. parents’ opinions 192. The behavior of the child is to large extent dependent upon his – a. biological inheritance c. peers b. environment d. parents 193. The teacher should help the isolate by – a. total immersion b. shifting him in different groups c. using gradual induction d. giving him different work 194. Which of these provide the best reinforcement? a. use of marks b. scholarships c. awarding a model d. natural interest in the world 195. There are several causes of maladjustment. Which one is not a sure cause? a. Poverty b. Rejection c. broken home d. intelligence 196. The period of concrete operations covers ages – a. 1 – 2 years b. 2 – 7 years c. 7 – 11 years d. 11 – 14 years

197. According to Erickson, “identity crisis” or identify vs. role” confusion occurs during the ages of a. 3 to 6 years b. 6 to 12 years c. 12 to 18 years d. 18 to 21 years 198 Learning is a matter of habit formation of “getting used to it” according to the theory of Pavlov known as – a. Gestaltism b. Functionalism c. Stimulus response-connectionism d. Conditioning 199. The best single criterion on the degree of maturity of a child is his – a. size b. age c. bone classification d. skeletal growth 200. Growth is most rapid proportionally – a. in the pre-natal months b. from birth to six c. from six to twelve d. in adolescence 201. Growth takes place – a. gradually for the whole organism b. with differential rates for different parts of the body c. suddenly by spurts of the whole d. in serial order of development 202. The different stages of the child growth should be understood because – a. of the relation of between his physical and mental status b. of the wide range of ability c. his emotional; and social factors affect growth d. education should ft the growth 203. Adolescence includes the years from – a. six to nine b. nine to twelve c. thirteen to twenty-one d. twenty-one to twenty-six 204. By social intelligence, we mean – a. ability to get along with people b. absence of shyness c. membership in several organizations d. absence of inferiority complex 205. Children form gang mainly because of – a. parental laxity b. rebellion against authority c. desire for adventure d. the urge to be independent 206. Delinquency reaches its peak – a. before the teenage b. in the early and middle teens c. in the twenties d. in the thirties 207. The gang generally disintegrates because of – a. hostility between members b. members becomes different in size c. the school prohibits it d. other interests, particularly in the other sex 208. The best way to help adolescents become socially mature is to – a. urge them to confide in their parents b. help them feel free to do as the crowd does c. give wholesome and adequate social experiences d. overcome inferiority feelings and pattern

209. Emotions are significant because they – a. always stimulate thinking b. preserves our lives c. are the products of the body d. are the major fasteners in personality 210. The school causes emotional maladjustments most often by – a. hard problems and lessons b. failure in the work c. opposition from friends d. lack of guidance 211. The endocrine glands – a. are glands of internal secretions b. are known as the glands with ducts c. are glands that produces sweat and perspirations d. directly control our behavior 212. The native stimulus for fear is – a. the dark b. the snakes c. a sudden or starting stimulus d. being restrained or held 213. Emotions can best be trained by – a. assuming an indifference to disturbing things b. inhibiting or repressing all emotions c. avoiding all emotional stimuli d. attaching satisfaction to desirable emotional pattern 214. Maladjustment can often be prevented by – a. giving the child more attention b. speaking of the bad impression his conduct makes c. seeing the child is successful in what he undertakes d. letting the child strictly alone 215. Overprotected children will probably develop into adults who – a. are independent and self-reliant b. are emotionally mature c. will protect other children d. continue to learn on their parent 216. The most serious maladjusted child is one who – a. talk back to his teachers b. is loud and disorderly c. is unsocial and withdrawn from others d. destroys school materials 217. Making the child ashamed of some habitual behaviors is most likely to have effect of – a. eliminating desirable habit without harmful consequences b. adding a deep sense of guilt to the misbehavior c. causing open rebellion d. a temporary improvement in conduct and attitude 218. The correction of maladjustment in an individual child is – a. a very complicated and difficult matter b. an impossible task c. a rather easy thing d. a task only for psychiatrists 219. Memorization is made more effective by – a. Repetition b. Visualization c. Meaningfulness and understanding d. Intensity 220. Studies of the effect of summer vacation upon retention indicate that – a. much is forgotten b. small amount is forgotten c. nothing is forgotten d. retention is increased 221. The intention to remember is – a. assume mastery

b. adds meaning to the material c. does not retard forgetting d. increased interest and mind-set 222. Over-learning the material – a. increases retention b. decrease interests c. makes memory work monotonous d. increases forgetting 223. A good memory has much value because it – a. gives one a chance to show individuality b. shows that one is above average in intelligence c. increased one’s social efficiency d. indicates clear thinking 224. The most widely accepted concept of intelligence is – a. capacity to learn b. ability to control emotion c. ability to sustain oneself economically d. ability to make social contacts 225. A feeble-minded person has an IQ of – a. 80 b. below 70 c. 90 d. 75 226. A gifted person has an IQ of – a. 100 b. 120 c. 110 d. above 130 227. The percentage of individuals classified as having an average of normal intelligence is – a. 50 b. 70 c. 60 d. 80 228. Children who are very bright tend to be – a. physically small and sickly b. nervous and emotionally unstable c. shy, timid and unsocial d. favorable endowed in more respect 229. People’ knowledge, beliefs, arts, morals, customs and other capabilities and habits are known as – a. education b. culture c. socialization d. anthropology 230. Pre-marital sex is commonly practiced in Western Countries, but considered bad in the Philippines; what is good for them is bad for us. This means that culture is – a. adaptive b. dynamic c. shared d. relative 231. An American felt sick after being forced to eat “balut” by Filipinos; such experience is known as – a. culture trait b. culture shock c. culture diversity d. culture amalgamation 232. The expression “Filipinos operate or live on two levels of culture,” means that Filipinos – a. are influenced by both parental sides- father-mother b. versatile people who can live whether in the Philippines or U.S.A. c. influenced by both Western and Asian culture d. either good or bad 233. Whether we like or not, it is impossible to find a true or pure Filipino music, dance or belief, because, culture is –

a. diverge b. dynamic-cumulative c. relative d. learned 234. In what sense does culture distinguished man from animals? a. man develops culture, arts, laws, etc. while animals behave according to their instincts b. man is superior intellectually than animals c. man although superior intellectually, is physically inferior to animals d. animals can be cultured like human beings 235. When Filipino is married to a German, there is a mixture or blending of two different cultures – as shown in their children’s behavior, this is known as cultural – a. fusion b. amalgamation c. unification d. breeding 236. White people usually feel superior, blacks inferior; this feeling of superiority is known as – a. ethnocentrism b. altruism c. agnosticism d. relativism 237. Filipino Catholics celebrate fiestas, novenas in honor of their saints, or as a form of thanksgiving; this practice is part of – a. folkways b. folktales c. folklore d. none of these 238. Sexual relations between relatives is strictly forbidden in our society; this prohibition is part of the – a. folkways b. mores c. traditions d. all of these 239. Filipinos, Koreans, Japanese have their own languages, habits, dresses, etc., the culture common to all people is known as – a. sub-culture b. socio-culture c. universe culture d. international culture 240. As part of modernization, people would prefer to use a telephone rather than travel, they prefer to take jeepneys rather than walk; these new habits are known as – a. technicways b. mores c. folkways d. culture complex 241. Pordoy and Kagidlay are newly-wed with no money to either rent or buy a house; so they decided to live their in-laws; theirs and in-laws families are now known as – a. nuclear b. extended c. bilateral d. unified families 242. People’s ideas, beliefs of what is good or bad, desirable or undesirable, important or non important are better known as – a. folkways b. mores c. values d. attitudes 243. Earnings, watches, lipsticks, beautiful dresses have their –

a. moral b. ethical c. educational d. social values 244. Some students often says, “It’s better to cheat than to repeat,” others also say, “Bahala na ug ma-zero; dili gyud ko mangodigo.” These expression show their – a. religious b. moral-ethical c. spiritual d. social values 245. Filipinos are always conscious of what people say or think about their appearances or actions; this “ulaw” mentality is part of their desire to attain – a. social acceptance b. euphemism c. supernaturalism d. particularlism 246. Diplomas, titles, as Dr., Engr., Atty., are always used by Filipinos as part of their – a. particularism b. personalism c. supernaturalism d. euphemism 247. The expression, “It is not what you know but whom you know that counts,” reflects Filipinos’ values on – a. particularism b. personalism c. euphemism d. familism 248. Pedro studied hard and passed the Teacher’s Board Examination. Yet when asked on his “secret” for passing the said exam, he simply/humbly answered “Swerte lang, kaloy-an sa Ginoo.” This reflects the value of – a. personalism b. particularism c. supernaturalism d. utang na loob 249. Man is part of the government, church, organizations or association; educating or training him for his roles, duties are a consideration of his ____ dimension. a. moral b. social c. spiritual d. political 250. Why did the Philippines send military troops to Cambodia? It is because – a. the Philippines is part or a member of nation of U.N.O. and we promote global solidarity b. the Philippines was ordered by the United States c. the Philippines is against communism d. none of these 251. Upon birth, his parents automatically rear an individual; he starts learning the culture of his family; later with his neighbors, then the school and society’s rules, regulations and laws. This is known as – a. education b. socialization c. training d. experience 252. What is the sociological difference between on “individual” and “person”? a. there is no difference between an individual and person b. an individual is unsocialized, uncultured; person cultured, socialized c. an individual is bad; a person is good d. both socialized 253. As a person reaches adolescence, becoming more independent, the ___ have the greatest influences in behavior. a. home or parents

b. school or teachers c. peers d. priests 254. Most governors, mayors, congressmen are corrupt, rapists, murderers or less educated, yet they continue to be re-elected during election s. This bad situation in our society shows the Filipinos in general are – a. still politically immature, if not stupid who can be bought, threatened by guns, gold or money b. in live with criminal politicians c. helpless and do not care about the future of the country/community d. A and C answers 255. Which of the following describes the “Pleistocene” or “Ice Age”? a. waters around what is now the Philippines fell about 156 ft. below its level b. areas of land came to the surface and became “land bridges” c. the packs of glaciers which covered the earth melted as sunlight entered the atmosphere d. all of these 256. As cited by researchers which gave such names as “Peking Man,” “Java Man,” “Australopithecus.” There is great possible that the first man must have come from – a. Europe b. Africa c. Asia d. America 257. The fossils believed to be those of the first Filipinos were found by Robert Fox in – a. Hinagdanan Cave, Bohol b. Tabon Cave, Palawan c. Tabon-tabon Cave, Mindoro d. Masao Cave, Agusan del Norte 258. Which group of traders introduced Islam in the Philippines? a. Chinese b. Arabs c. Malaysian d. Indonesian 259. Which of the following is not a result of learning? a. getting drunk b. saying bad words c. driving car d. showing how to swim 260. Which of the following is least effective in moral instruction? a. having children memorize the laws/rules b. calling attention of children on the positive consequences of their behavior c. praising children for displaying positive behavior d. discussing real-life moral situation and evaluating their consequences. 261. The relation between heredity and environment is an interaction. What does this mean? a. there are special abilities are dependent on the environment b. parents determine the behavior of their children c. the importance of environment is dependent upon heredity d. maturation is the process of bringing the various parts of an organism to full development 262. After the sounding of the bell is paired off a number of times with the presentation of meal powder, the bell alone is observed to elicit salivation response known as the: a. unconditional response b. conditioned stimulus c. conditional response d. unconditioned stimulus 264. To Thorndike, learning is: a. always involve trial-and-error b. sometimes involves trial-and-error c. never involves trial-and-error d. none of these 265. All of the following are examples of psychological barriers in learning except: a. teacher personality b. absence of skill motive in a learning situation c. emotional blocking d. poor teaching techniques

266. Which of the following poorly explains stimulus-response bond? a. a situation which influences or affects the learner b. a response in which the learner makes the situation c. a connection between the problem and solution d. a learner achieving a solution 267. Applied to the general classroom situation, the Field Theory implies the need for emphasis on looking at the total situation at the beginning. Which of the examples below best explains the theory? a. the teacher introduces the study of Chemistry by examples in a detailed analysis of a given element b. in primary reading, the teacher tells briefly the story is all about, describing the characters and relates the story to the pupils’ experience c. the psychology teacher discusses first the importance of psychology in daily living d. B & C 268. Bruner’s Theory of Learning points out that if a learner is to use information effectively, it must be translated into his terms. This means that: a. the teacher must strive to see a problem as the learner sees it b. the teacher must translate the meaning of terms into the vernacular c. the teacher must provide more information d. the teacher must allow the child to look at the meaning of words in the dictionary 269. The way a child talks, walks, or uses gestures may have been learned from a model he had been exposed to. This is according to the theory of: a. connectionism b. operant conditioning c. classical conditioning d. social learning 270. Thorndike’ Law of Readiness claims that the: a. teacher must either wait for readiness or accept the present level of readiness and be satisfied with a lower learning rate in introducing any new learning experience b. teacher must wait for the readiness of her students c. teacher must accept the present level of readiness and be satisfied with the lower learning rate in introducing any new learning experience d. teacher must understand he students’ level of readiness 271. Which of the following statement below is false about punishment? a. it may produce undesirable emotional side effects b. it may actually increase the strength of an undesirable behavior c. in order to effective, it must often be in severe form d. punished behavior may continue to occur especially when the punisher is not present 272. The best way to shape the behavior of students is by: a. exposing pupils to desirable models b. telling them the “do’s” of behavior c. reinforcing every desirable behavior d. telling them to imitate the teacher 273. All of the following statements are principles that facilitate classroom learning except: a. the learner must clearly perceive his goal b. the learner must practice role learning c. learner must be psychologically and physiologically ready d. the learner must be motivated to learn 274. In the classroom, teachers are said to reinforce the kind of behavior they want to see through praise, smiles, marks, reward and the like. This situations exemplifies: a. operant conditioning b. classical conditioning c. Lewin’s topological theory d. Cognitive field theory 275. Which of the statements below best illustrates the role of teacher as facilitator on student learning? a. directing the action of the student b. calling for the proper application of a teaching method to make learning experiences meaningful c. intervening with student’s choices and actions d. understanding how students learn 276. A teacher who is unable to overcome role confusion or to postpone choices leading to identity formation but attempts to resolve conflict manifests.

a. negative identity b. psychological androgyny c. psychological moratorium d. identity crises 277. Teachers in Health, Biology, Psychology and Home Economics may best help students accept or improve their appearance by: a. explaining that acne, for example is usually due to physiological changes accompanying puberty and such changes are temporary b. citing examples of people with pleasant appearance c. giving them books on how to accept self and appearance d. accepting them as they are and explaining that psychological changes are temporary. 278. All of the following statements apply to Piaget’s preoperational; stage of cognitive development except: a. children are capable of using symbols to stand for objects b. children use a language that is egocentric c. children are capable of decantation d. children are capable of solving conservation problems 279. By repeatedly pairing an unconditioned stimulus an unconditioned response, a conditioned stimulus eventually elicits a conditioned response. This is according to the: a. Classical Conditioning Theory b. Operant Conditioning Theory c. Reinforcement Theory d. Learning Theory 280. Which of the following is false about the Cognitive Field Theory? a. sees learning as a stimulus-response interaction b. focuses on the cognitive structure of man as basis for learning c. centers on the life space as source of learning d. does not emphasize reinforcement 281. Bruner’s Theory on learning states that intrinsic motivation is better than extrinsic motivation. Which of the following statement below is the best example of intrinsic motivation? a. a student has a desire to learn a subject because it is worth knowing b. a student learns because of the use of reward and punishment c. a student wants to learn because his goal is to graduate with honors d. a student learns because he wants to prove that he is intelligent 282. All of the following are principles that facilitate classroom learning except: a. the learner must clearly perceive the goal b. the learner must practice role playing c. the learner must be psychologically and physiologically ready d. the learner must be motivated to learn 283. Jane has been punished and this has adopted her aggressive behavior towards her younger brother. However, lately, she has been seen her mother shouting at and showing aggressive behavior toward her father. Because of this, she has started to manifest aggressive behavior toward her younger brother. This situation is an example of: a. inhibitory effect b. negative effect c. disinhibitory effect d. modelling effect 284. Learners who have past histories of failures and frustrations are generally observed to manifest: a. low achievement motivation b. high achievement performance c. a fear to study d. fear of school 285. A group of accelerated Grade V pupils is expected to learn more learning task in Science than does a group of regular Grade V pupils. A teacher who works on a sound principle of motivation is likely to present: a. the overview of all learning tasks to arouse interest for the entire lesson. b. the lesson from the simplest to them are complex c. the lessons from most difficult to simplest to challenge the group d. the lesson at random to generate creativity

286. Teacher should avoid labeling pupils negatively as they may live up to these images. This tendency to manifest negative labels into actual behaviors is a concept of attitude formation called: a. reflected self-appraisal b. self-fulfilling prophecy c. self-concept d. self-realization 287. A conscientious teacher can best help her students demonstrate learned helplessness by: a. Making them aware of their strength and weaknesses for learning b. providing them activities that will enable them to experience success c. encouraging them to join rewarding activities d. creating activities for them that will make them feel important 289. A social unit of persons united by kinship, marriage, or adoption, with a common habitat and interacting according to well-defined roles to maintain and protect its members and perpetuates the society. a. family b. government c. barangay d. society 290. The commission of criminal or anti-social acts by the youth. a. prostitution b. gambling c. juvenile delinquency d. drug addiction 291. It is the study of man as a product of evolution, his physical structure is known as … a. Sociology b. physical anthropology c. cultural anthropology d. archeology 292. The sum total of knowledge, skills, beliefs, products, etc. shared by people and passed from one generation to another. a. Sociology b. Anthropology c. culture d. archeology 293. This refers to the ability to communicate with others. Thoughts and feelings are symbolized so as to convey meaning in different forms of communication is known as … a. speech b. communication c. message d. language 294. It is a form of language in which articulate sounds or words used to convey meanings is known as a. speech b. communication c. message d. language 295. The sacred book of the Judaism. a. Bible b. Quran c. Torah She Bi-Khetab &Tora She-Be al Peh d. None of the above 296. It is the totality of human activities involving creativity, ingenuity, judgment, and skills aimed at the accomplishment of a given aesthetic end or a thing of beauty is known as…. a. culture b. arts c. language d. humanities

297. As defined by the American College Dictionary, It is the study of a real differentiation of the earth surface, as shown in the character, arrangement, and interrelations over the world elements is known as... a. map b. arts c. culture d. geography 298 As defined by the American College Dictionary, it is defined as the things of social life, such as ideals, customs, institutions, etc. toward which the people of the group have affective regard and which are considered desirable is known as … a. culture b. values c. geography d. arts 299. The stimulus-response theory believes every stimulus creates a response where activities can be measured objectively. This is known as … a. Structuralism b. gestalt psychology c. behaviorism d. functionalism 300. It is a stirred up state or disorganized behavior caused by a situation which the individual cannot cope with is known as … a. emotion b. motivation c. delusions d. hysteria 301. This refers to the arousal and maintenance of interest. a. emotion b. motivation c. delusions d. hysteria 302. It is system or schools of psychology that claims that experience or mental states are made of sensations, images or ideas and feelings. a. Structuralism b. gestalt psychology c. behaviorism d. functionalism 303. It is another system or schools of psychology that mental processes are functions or operations of the organism in its adaptation to and modification of is environment. a. Structuralism b. gestalt psychology c. behaviorism d. functionalism 304. The conception of experience at any given moment is determined by the totality of its related phases, which constitute an integrated pattern or configuration. This school of psychology is known as .. a. Structuralism b. gestalt psychology c. behaviorism d. functionalism 305. “Emotion is the primitive matrix from which all later mental powers are developed.” This theory is known as … a. Canon-Dana Theory b. James-Lange Theory c. Evolutionary Theory d. Emergency or conflict theory 306. The following are methods of eradicating undesirable emotional behavior except one: a. disuse b. frequent application of the stimulus c. ridicule of scorn d. sublimation 307. It is the sum total of the traits and characteristics and patterns of adjustment of an individual that sets him apart or makes him different from other individuals. a. Personality

b. Culture c. values d. all of the above 308. It is the process of overcoming difficulties that hinder the attainment of a goal by using knowledge and skills gained from associative leaning, reflective, analytical and constructive thinking are very much needed. This type of learning is known as … a. aesthetic leaning b. problem-solving learning c. affective learning d. psychomotor learning 309. When an organism is ready to act, action is satisfying, inaction is annoying. This law of learning is known as …. a. law of effect b. law of exercise c. law of readiness d. none of these 310. This is law of learning states that “practice reinforces learning.” a. law of effect b. law of exercise c. law of readiness d. none of these 311. This refers to the inborn automatic responses to simple localized stimulation involving particular muscles and a part of the body is known as …. a. drives b. urges c. reflexes d. aptitudes 312. Charles’ mother noticed that her son is sometimes competing with his father for her attention. Charles can be classified under what psychoanalytic stage of development? a. latency c. phallic b. genital d. oral 313. This pattern of development states that development follows an orderly pattern that is predictable. a. cepahlocaudal b. phylogenetic c. conventional d. proximodistal 314. Classical conditioning theory is always attributed to him for his experiment concerning the dog’s salivation as a reaction to the sound of the buzzer. a. Bandura b. Lewin c. Pavlov d. B. F. Skinner 315. The child’s concept of right and wrong is based on external criteria laid down by adults during the stage of pre-conventional morality. This is based on the idea of ____. a. Erikson b. Freud c. Kohlberg d. Piaget 316. During the pre-operational stage language skill emerges and the child now uses words to represent ideas. This is the theory attributed to ____. a. Wallace b. Piaget c. Freud d. Dewey 317. An individual with an I. Q. of 110 is considered ____. a. above-average b. average c. genius d. moron 318. It is the process by which an organism inherits the characteristic traits of the parents. a. heredity

b. maturation c. development d. fertilization 319. It is the stage of development, which is considered as the transition period form childhood to adulthood. a. adolescence b. adulthood c. late childhood d. infancy 320) It is a process when the sperm cell penetrates the membranes of the egg cell and is considered as the beginning of life. a. development b. fertilization c. maturation d. accommodation 321. A fetus, which comes from a single fertilized egg cell, is called ___. a. fraternal twin b. bi-ovular twin c. Siamese twin d. uniovular twin 322. The stage of development from the time of conception to the time of birth is known as _____. a. pre-natal period b. post-natal period c. early childhood d. babyhood 323. it refers to the nurture that the child receives from his parents and from interaction with the people around him. a. environment b. heredity c. nutrition d. parental cares 324. The stage of development is known as the questioning age or exploratory age because the child is constantly asking so many questions. a. babyhood b. early childhood c. infancy d. late childhood 325. It refers to the natural impulse possessed by men and animals, an activity engaged in for the enjoyment and satisfaction, but can also be utilized as a tool for learning. a. desire b. emotion c. play d. rivalry 326. It is one of the characteristics of Filipino learners shown by the attitude of partial inhibition of social responses especially in the presence of strangers. a. shyness b. perseverance c. humility d. competition 327. Learning is any change in the behavior of an organism, is the main educational idea of the ____. a. behaviorist’s b. connectionists c. Gestaltists d. mind theories 328. it is the natural impulse of the child, which involves a skillful or dexterous management, or control of actions. a. rivalry b. play c. manipulation d. curiosity

329. Learning is an active and dynamic process in which the learner must definitely be involved in the teaching learning activities, is the basic tenet of ____. a. progressivism b. Gestalt c. connectionism d. behaviorism 330. This is the law of learning states that when an organism is prepared to respond to a stimulus, allowing him to do so would be satisfying while preventing him would be annoying. a. Law of Effect b. Law of Exercise c. Law of Recency d. Law of Readiness 331. A type of motivation, which is based on reward and punishments. a. extrinsic b. intrinsic c. materialistic d. psychological 332. It is the process of equaling or excelling over the work of another. a. competition b. curiosity c. emulation d. rivalry 333. Danica got the highest grade in Mathematics because she studied very well in the said subject. For this, Danica will be all the more motivated to study not only Mathematics but also her other subjects. This is in accordance with the ____. a. Law of Belongingness b. Law of Effect c. Law of Exercise d. Law of Readiness 334. During the Spanish period, the teachers who were mostly friars assumed all the authority in the schools and classrooms and the students had no right but to obey their teachers. This best illustrates ____ approach to teaching. a. authoritarian b. democratic c. laissez-faire d. Socratic 335. It is the domain, which is focused on the development of the attitude, interest and emotion as well as the intangible qualities of the child. a. affective b. cognitive c. manipulative d. psychomotor 336. Regarding the maturation of boys and girls, teachers should bear in mind that: a. girls mature at a later stage than boys’ b. girls mature at an earlier stage than boys c. boys and girls mature at the same time d. there are no marked difference in their time of maturity 337. Transfer of learning easily takes place if the activities involved ____. a. are different b. having identical elements c. occur in the same time d. vary in difficulty 338. When the learner is well motivated, he performs his task ___. a. with indifference b. with interests’ c. with arrogance d. with enthusiasm 339. A six-year-old child who has a mental age of 96 has an IQ of ____. a. 120 b. 130 c. 132 d. 133

340. The ratio obtained by dividing mental age by chronological age times 100 is called _____. a. derived quotient b. emotional intelligence quotient c. intelligence quotient or IQ d. intelligence ratio 341. This natural born tendency of the child, which refers to the capacity to adjust his thinking to new requirements. a. competition b. curiosity c. emotion d. intelligence 342. it is the process of arousing the individual’s attention and interest to wards a definite goal. a. learning c. resourcefulness b. motivation d. rivalry 343. This domain of learning is geared towards the development of the child’s intellectual capacity. a. affective b. cognitive c. manipulative d. psychomotor 344. it is believed that education is a matter of training and discipline. Hence, if one wants to sharpen his memory, he must memorize names, dates, events and others. This is the main idea of ____. a. generalization b. gestalt c. identical element d. mind theory 345. This law of learning states that constant repetition of any learning task strengthens learning. a. Law of Belongingness b. Law of Effect c. Law of Exercise d. Law of Readiness 346. The ability of the individual to foresee things based on knowledge and experiences and to react in advance is known as ____. a. E.S.P. b. Conditioning c. Insight d. Trial and Error 347. This law of learning states that the response which has been exercised and rewarded most recently is the one which is most likely to occur when the organism is in a given situation. a. Law of Effect b. Law of Exercise c. Law of Readiness d. Law of Recency 348. “Values are caught and not taught.” This due to the fact that children learn from what they observe from adults. This shows the natural tendency of children known as: a. competition b. curiosity c. imitation d. rivalry 349. The domain of learning, which caters to the development of skills of the child. a. affective b. cognitive c. objectives d. psychomotor 350. This is a term, which means pattern shape or configuration. This school of thought adheres to the idea that the experiences at any given moment are determined by the totality of its related phases, which constitutes an integral pattern of configuration. a. behaviorism

b. connectionism c. gestalt d. progressivism 351. Learning is further strengthened when there are similarities in the topics or subject matters to be learned. a. Law of Belongingness b. Law of Effect c. Law of Exercises d. Law of Readiness 352. This law of learning states that a given situation usually generates various reactions from the learners. a. Law of Effect b. Law of Frequency c. Law of Multiple Response d. Law of Recency 353. Zsa-zsa’s father promised to by her a laptop computer if she graduated as valedictorian. She studied so hard in order to graduate as valedictorian and get her prize. This is a good example of _____. a. punishment b. motivation c. intrinsic motivation d. extrinsic motivation 354. it is defined as the quest for truth based on logical reasoning aside form factual observation of the nature’s multifarious phenomena. a. culture b. morality c. philosophy d. sociology 355. it is an ordinance of reason formulated for the common good by the one who has charge of the society. a. philosophy b. morality c. law d. culture 356. A teacher can best help a withdrawn child to assert himself and win the respect of his classmates by ____. a. giving him opportunity to show his talents b. providing him leadership roles c. always calling him to answer questions d. encouraging him to study harder to outwit his classmates 357. The best for a teacher to impart values to his pupils is ___. a. constant repetition of actions to make them routinely b. inflicting corporal punishment c. acting as a role model d. always scolding his pupils 358. “All mortal existence is characterized by suffering” is the basic premise of this Oriental philosophy. a. Brahmanism b. Buddhism c. Confucianism d. Islam 359. It is the art and science that deals with the morality of human acts. a. aesthetics b. axiology c. ethics d. logic 360. it is a short story, a weighty similitude that is used to convey instruction to ignorant and inattentive listeners. A method of teaching that was used by Jesus Christ. An example is the story of the Prodigal son. a. dialectic b. dialog c. parable d. proverb

362. This philosophical school of thought believes that the ultimate goal of human existence is the acquisition of pleasure. Everything that brings pleasure and delights is moral. Whereas, anything that brings suffering and pain is immoral. a. utilitarianism b. moral rationalism c. moral sensism d. hedonism 363. If the Christian has the Bible and the Islam has the Qur’an as Holy Scriptures, what do you call the Sacred of Text of Hinduism? a. Veda b. Nirvana c. Karma d. Analects 364. He postulated that both human heartedness and propriety should operate in a scheme of five human relationships like between father and son; between brothers; between husband and wife; between friends and between rules and subjects. a. Buddha b. Confucius c. Lao Tzu d. Tagore 365. Life is full of conditions. As much, man is always confronted with alternative wherein he must decide based on his prudence. But he must take full responsibility for the consequences that his decision might bring. This is the maxim of ____. a. essentialism b. existentialism c. pragmatism d. utilitarianism 366. The name of this Oriental religion means submission to God. a. Christianity b. Hinduism c. Islam d. Judaism 367. “Know thyself” was the dictum of this Greek thinker who was condemned to die by drinking hemlock. a. Aristotle b. Plato c. Socrates d. Thales 368. It is something, which is chosen from alternatives, acted upon and enhances the creative integration and development of human personality. a. values b. morality c. ethics d. character 369. Hitler massacred millions of people during the holocaust due to the belief advocated by Friedrich Nietzsche that the society must produce strong people and kill the weak. What is the name of this philosophical belief? a. moral rationalism b. moral evolutionism c. Nazism d. utilitarianism 370. Lord, grant me the serenity to accept the things I cannot change; courage to change the things I can and wisdom to know the difference was the well-known prayer of ____. a. Saint Augustin b. Saint Duke c. Saint Francis d. Saint Matthew 371. it is an Oriental religion whose main philosophy is man’s harmony with “Mother Nature.” a. Taoism b. Shintoism c. Judaism d. Buddhism 372. It is the belief that man’s soul is imprisoned in his earthly body and can escape only from such bondage through an endless series of birth.

a. Veda b. Transmigration c. Karma d. Nirvana 373. “Let the ruling classes tremble at a Communistic revolution. The proletarians have nothing to lose but their claims they have a world to win. Workingmen of all countries unite!” were the concluding statements of the ____. a. Russian Constitution b. Magna Carta c. Communist Manifesto d. Das Kapital 374. “To repeat is to acquire understanding, is to demonstrate concentration, is to show the power of the human intellect’” was the basic doctrine of this educator for establishing a special kind of school for children. a. John Amos Camenius b. John Dewey c. Friedrich Herbart d. Maria Montessori 375. These are bodily appetites or tendencies like love, joy, anger, grief, passion, etc. that modify human acts. a. Concupiscence b. freedom c. ignorance d. violence 376. Eating “sili” and other spicy food is the trademark of the Bicolonos. This practice is acceptable for them but may not be as welcome to the other ethnic groups. This only shows that value is _____. a. bipolar b. hierarchical c. objective d. subjective 377. The passage “The Lord is my shepherd, I shall not want,” is taken from _____. a. Veda b. Talmud c. Proverbs d. Psalms 378. The formation of the alphabet for the Western World was the achievement of the ____. a. Egyptians b. Babylonians c. Phoenicians d. Romans 379. The great educational achievement of the medieval period, which created an academic world, is _____. a. scholasticism b. venture school c. Chantry schools d. the University 380. Support of the State government for the maintenance of schools was one of the notable effects of the ____. a. Reformation b. Renaissance c. Naturalism in education d. Realism in education 381. What statement is INCONSISTENT with what areadvocated by progressive educators? a. The cosmos that confronts the learner is continually undergoing change b. Educational aims are not fixed and final. c. Education is the constant reconstruction of experience. d. Educational concerns are focused on the supernatural world of eternity. 382. What statement is FALSE with respect to essentialism as a philosophy of education? a. The chief business of education is to cultivate the intellectual virtues of man. b. Education should be devoted to the thorough study of a few subjects selected for their universal and basic importance.

c. Essentialism stresses reading, speaking, writing and arithmetic as tool subjects; grammar, rhetoric, logic and languages as intellectual subjects. d. Essentialism is in accord with the basic philosophy of child-centered education as favored by progressives. 383. What statement is NOT TRUE in so far as the contributions of Friedrich W. Froebel to education are concerned? a. Education is development from within. b. In the educational process the pupil or learner is a passive agent. c. He is propounded the principle of self-activity. d. He formulated the principle of social participation. 384. What statement is NOT TRUE when it comes to the contribution of John Friedrich Herbart to education? a. Education is development from within. b. Education is the sole business of the teacher. c. He formulated the doctrine of interest. d. He formulated the doctrine of apperception. 385. What statement is NOT TRUE with reference to Realism in education? a. The basic reality is to be found in the forces and laws of nature. b. Sense perception is the fundamental means to learning. c. What is hard or difficult has special disciplinary value. d. All knowledge is acquired through experience. 386. What statement is unacceptable to proponents and followers of humanism in education? a. Classical Latin literature is the basis of liberal education. b. Liberal education stresses moral discipline. c. The essential of liberal education are history, moral philosophy and eloquence. d. Languages are used as tool subjects and a pansophic curriculum is the means to new social order. 387. The ways in which primitive children learn were by observation of activities in which they would later be participants and by simple telling and demonstration on how things were done. When primitive education is contrasted with civilized education, this difference will be noted; a. Primitive education is relatively simple. b. Primitive education evolves in a purely natural ways. c. Primitive education evolves in a military ways. d. Primitive education is relatively complex. 388. Roman education emphasized the practical way of doing things aim of roman education was utilitarian - not theory but application, not learning but practice. What kind of people were the Romans? a. Naturalist b. Progressivists c. Pragmatists d. Realists 389. Most authorities agree that modern times began with the movement known as the Renaissance; and since education is always a reflection of the times, modern education and modern theories of education can be said to have begun with this movement. The distinct outgrowth of the Renaissance was: a. Realist education b. Naturalist education c. Pragmatic education d. Humanistic education 390. Individual teachers need to begin their professional life by soul searching and knowing more about them. The most important aspect of the professional life of a teacher therefore is a critical examination of ideas related to his life and work, the critical examination of ideas should continue through: a. teacher’s professional career b. teacher’s changing philosophical orientation c. teacher’s value orientation d. teacher’s philosophy in life 391. The teacher’s total philosophy of life can’t be separated from his philosophy of education or his learning theory, and his methods of teaching, for views of reality, knowledge and value lie in the realm of: a. movistic, dualistic and organic view b. metaphysical, epistemological and axiological view c. philosophical, sociological anthropological view d. realistic, naturalist and humanistic view

392. Education seeks the self-realization of the individual through participation in the social of his family and society. From his early infancy, the individual’s participation grows increasingly. This means: a. Education transmits the vital elements of culture to the succeeding generation. b. Education secures to the individual the external conditions of good life. c. Education is a continuous process. d. Education preserves and spreads spiritual values. 393. The curriculum of kindergarten schools emphasizes physical and mental growth, development of personal habits and attitudes through informal activities most of all it should emphasize: a. religious instruction b. social relationship c. appreciation of ideas d. military discipline 394. There are three components of the educative processes, which have been the concern of both psychologists and teachers. These are the: a. parents, teachers, classmates, teachers, friends, parents b. learners, learning process, learning situation c. learning process, teachers, learners d. none of these 395. The adolescent wants independence; yet he has a strong desire for security. He wants to feel secure in the affection and regard of his peers and of adults, That is, he wants to be secured ____. a. physically and socially spiritually and physically b. mentally and emotionally c. emotionally and socially d. none of these 396. What development is described in this view of Piaget? “Development involves two processes: assimilation in which an individual acquires information or knowledge accommodation where an individual creates a new scheme after his interaction with the environment.” a. cognitive development affective development b. psychomotor development c. spiritual development d. none of these 397. The problem of meeting adequately all the needs of a learner in education becomes the task of the teacher. For this task to be effectively accomplished the teacher has to be aware of the nature and extent of the school learner’s differences, how they affect teaching and learning. In the developmental theory, this refers to: a. family differences b. community differences c. individual differences d. sex differences 398. As the individual emerges form the sheltered life within the home toward an expanded social and physical environment, new problems arises and additional needs and wants appear. During this time boys and girls need very urgently. a. physical adjustment b. social adjustment c. emotional adjustment d. spiritual adjustment 399. According to this theory, human activities are based on association between stimuli and responses. This theory has been called S – R bond. These terms refers to: a. connectionism theory b. law of readiness c. law of effect d. conditioning theory 400. Which of these attitudes helps the individual to endure suffering, poverty, sickness and bad luck? This attitude enables one to accept resignation and tolerance to pain and frustrations. This attitude that still persists is called ____. a. fatalism b. non-rationalism c. animism d. euphemism

401. This attitude denotes a sense of gratitude. This value system comprises a work of behavior with different degrees connotation. It is a complicated system of mutual obligation. Everybody owes a debt of gratitude to someone, everyone in some way has done something for someone who therefore owes him in return. This value is referred to as: a. ningas cogon b. manana habit c. fiesta syndrome d. utang na loob 402. It is something that grows and changes with the passage of time. It is complex whole, which includes knowledge, belief, art, law, morals, customs, and/or capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. This is referred to as: a. culture b. experience c. learning d. education 403. When planning the program for learning what is important for the teacher to know? a. the child’s or learner’s background b. the learner’s problems and needs c. the learner’s abilities and interest d. all of the above 404. Which of the following statements is consistent with the basic principles guiding pupil learning? a. the child is the beginning, the center, and the end goal of the learning process. b. The child is a unique individual, meaning no two children are alike because every child has characteristics distinctly his own. c. The child should be accepted for what he is: his personality should be respected. d. All of the above 405. Which of the following groups of individual look upon education as changed behavior? a. anthropologist’s b. sociologists c. physiologists d. all of these 406. Human social life is the product of ____. a. biological heredity b. natural environment c. the group and culture d. none of these 407. Kilpatrickian (referring to William Kilpatrick) is essentially associated with ___. a. the project method b. purposeful activity c. intrinsic motivation d. all of these 408. The idea that education is primarily a method of helping the individuals adjust to his environment stems from the ____. a. sociological foundations of education b. philosophical foundations of education c. scientific foundations of education d. psychological foundations of education 409. The contemporary educational view fundamentally manifests ____. a. an eclectic tendency b. psychological trend c. sociological bias d. philosophical inclination 410. Who was the educational theorist who propounded the idea that “all children are born good but society makes them bad”? a. Jean Jacques Rousseau b. John Locke c. Thomas Habbes d. none of the above 411. What does a sense-realist or a pragmatist mean when he says that a person “talks sense”? a. The person talks about something important or significant. b. The person understands what he is talking about.

c. The person talks about those that are perceived by the senses not only by the person who experience them but also by others who can verify them. d. All the above. 412. According to Herbartian psychology the chief characteristic of the mind is its power of___. a. assimilation b. abstraction c. intellectualization d. conceptualization 413. We owe our idea of universal, elementary education to the ___. a. Reformation b. Renaissance c. Humanism d. Scholasticism 414. The educational theory upholding the idea that sensory experience is the only source of knowledge is associated with ___. a. empiricism b. idealism c. scholasticism d. none of these 415. What propagation devices are used by a person who presents only one side of an issue especially the side favorable to what he supports of represents? a. card stacking b. glittering generally c. bandwagon d. name calling 416. The tendency to regard learning as a set of processes by which an organism is modified by the responses it makes to stimuli is indicative of ___. a. sociological influence b. philosophical influence c. scientific influence d. psychological bias 417. How group integration in a school system be sustained? a. through independent or common pupil and faculty activity b. by consensus c. by building good morale d. all of the above 417. What are the acquired human needs that are a. build largely around the ego? b. the desire to belong to the group c. desire to be accepted and loved by the group d. desire to enjoy good standing in the group e. all the above 418. What is personality a function of? a. Personality is a function of the expectations of social situations. b. Personality is a function of social situations. c. Personality is a function of the self. d. A and B. 419. The personality of education based on knowledge of the activities and development of the human mind are indicators of the influence of ___. a. rational psychology b. realistic philosophy c. naturalistic movement d. none of the above 420. In the transfer of learning, this theory asserts that the skill or training gained in the study of one subject will improve the performance of the same skill in the study of another subject. This theory is known as …. a. mental discipline b. theory of generalization c. theory of identical elements d. theory of configuration 421. It is a theory of learning that a series of responses are connected until the correct response is achieved. a. stimulus-response theory

b. cognitive field theory c. trial and error theory d. conditioning theory 422. According to this theory, the stimulus to activity does not come from within the individual but from outside. a. need-drive-incentive theory b. cue-stimulus theory c. affective arousal theory d. psychoanalytic theory 423. This refers to social drives that are acquired, learned, or derived. It is also the need for social approval, security, safety, belongingness, love, esteem, prestige, power and the like. a. biological and physiological drives b. psychological drives c. self-actualization drives d. all of the above 424. “Emotion is the primitive matrix from which all later mental powers are developed.” This theory is known as … a. Cannon-Dana theory b. Emergency or conflict theory c. James-Lange theory d. Evolutionary theory 425. It is the study of human behavior, of how a person acts and reacts under different situations, consciously or unconsciously, mentally, physiologically, physically, overtly or covertly. a. Anthropology b. Psychology c. Philosophy d. Sociology 426. Which of the following is true about human growth and development? a. growth involves physical changes while development refers to maturation b. growth involves growing older, while development is an increase in height and weight at all times c. growth is the process of ripening while development is the result of training d. none of the above 427. The unborn fetus appear to be like “monsters” with abnormally large heads because – a. the head contains a lot of fluids b. the pattern of development follows cephalocaudal trend c. the head is the most important part of the body d. human life has not fully developed 428. The period when rapid learning takes place is known as – a. plateau of learning b. learning sports c. learning curve d. learning process 429. The feeling of uneasiness or dislike against new culture is known as – a. enculturation b. culture shock c. acculturation d. culture orientation 430. The teacher can develop self-concept among her pupils by – a. letting the child know how bad he was b. keeping quite about the child’s weakness c. expressing confidence on the child’s capability d. all of the above 431. What is the most basic factor to be considered in determining a child’s readiness to learn? A. maturation b. methods of instruction c. experience d. age 432. A child who is friendly, cordial and easy to work with is showing – a. mechanical intelligence b. social intelligence

c. motor intelligence d. abstract intelligence 433. A new-born baby is known as – a. neonate b. fetus c. an infant d. a preemie 434. Readiness in the child involves not only maturation but also – a. adjustment b. hereditary capabilities c. independent learning d. motivation and experience 435. Which of the following is not a psychological need? a. need for love b. need for food c. need for belongingness d. needs of friends 436. Biological inheritance begins – a. at the birth of the child b. at the age of one year c. at the time of conception d. all the period of infancy 437. Identical twins caused by – a. two sperm cells entering one egg b. two sperm cells fertilizing two eggs c. one sperm fertilizing two eggs d. a fertilized egg separate into two 438. Projection is best defined as – a. a tendency to react to others according to our motivation b. an eagerness to discuss personal problems c. adoption of values of older persons d. assigning to others negative traits we ourselves possess 439. Learning in accordance with the view of Thorndike – a. always involves trial and error b. sometimes involves trial and error c. never involves trial and error d. none of the above 440. The method of teaching which aims to correct errors in the past is – a. remedial b. diagnostic c. development d. corrective 441. With cooperative learning is mind, which does NOT belong to group? a. competition b. teamwork c. collaboration d. synergy 442. Which is more of a spatial task for a learner? a. read a book then write a response b. examine a statistical chart then write a response c. go on a field trip then write a response d. watch a movie then write a response 443. With the explosion of knowledge, which image of teacher is unacceptable? a. Questioner b. omniscient teacher c. facilitator of learning d. “guide on the side” 444. Which question is in the highest level of Bloom’s Taxonomy of objectives in the cognitive domain? a. what could happen if there were no control groups? b. Distinguished between control and experimental groups/ c. Judge the validity of the experimental design

d. What two groups are present in an experimental design? 445. In what developmental stage is growth is most rapid? a. adolescence b. early childhood c. middle childhood d. infancy 446. What characteristics of a dyslexic child? a. hard up in writing and spelling b. attention-getter c. out of focus d. hyperactive 447. In Piaget’s concrete operational stage, what is it that children CAN NOT do? a. reasoning applied to specific example b. doing mentally what was just physically done c. classifying objects into different sets d. imaging the steps necessary to complete an algebraic equation 448. Which according to Jocano is strength of the Filipino people? a. sense of national pride b. sense of humor c. sense of historical or national identity d. sense of commitment to nationalistic ideas 449. Who among the following is genuinely nationalistic? The citizen who – a. works overseas for the education of his children b. uses his skills and capital to generate jobs in the countryside c. sings the National Anthem will all his heart d. salutes the flag as it is raised during the flag ceremony 450. Which one may help an adolescent discover his identity? a. Parents a pursuing in to follow a specific path b. exploring many different roles in healthy manner c. relating to people d. deciding to follow one path only 451. Each teacher is said to be a trustee of the cultural and educational heritage of the nation and is under obligation to transmit such heritage to learners. Which practice makes him fulfill such obligation? a. study of the life of Filipino heroes b. observe continuing professional education c. use of the latest instructional technology d. use of interactive teaching strategies 452. What functions are associated with the left-brain? a. verbal, visual, intuitive b. verbal, logical, intuitive c. verbal, logical, detail-oriented d. verbal, intuitive, detail-oriented 453. According to Piaget’s theory, in which development stage can the child do symbolic thinking and go beyond the connection of sensory information and physical action? a. pre-operational b. concrete operational c. formal operational d. sensorimotor 454. Which of the 3 – id, ego, and superego, consist(s) of instincts? a. ego b. superego c. ego & superego d. id 455. Which attitude does a Boy Scout who says “Bahala Na” and dives into a pool to save a drowning boy exemplify? a. a daring attitude b. a “segurista” attitude c. a daring attitude combined with “pagmalasakit” d. an “I don’t care” attitude

456. Dr. Melgo teaches in a remote multigrade class. His principal and supervisors seldom visit him. He teaches when he feels like teaching and not when he does not feel like teaching. What trait of a good teacher does he lack? a. emotional intelligence b. independent study c. relating to people d. deciding to follow one path only 457. If you want a child to eliminate an undesirable behavior, punish him. This is in accordance with Thorndike’s law of – a. reward b. punishment c. exercise d. effect 458. Elpidio, an elementary pupil, read WAS for SAW or D for P or B. From his reading behavior, one can say that Elpidio is suffering from – a. dysgraphia b. dyslexia c. dysphasia d. dyspraxia 459. Elpidio helps his classmates carry heavy books if their teacher sees him and so praises Elpidio. Based on Kohlberg’s theory of development, in which level of moral development is Elpidio? a. non-conventional b. post-conventional c. pre-conventional d. conventional 460. Dr. Melgo banged the door when he entered the classroom while the pupils waited nervously to greet him. He was tense and harsh the pupils. Later, he tried to encourage t hem to participate but the children remained quite in their seats. Which can be best explained the situation? a. the impact of the non-verbal and verbal messages of the teacher is the same b. the teacher’s verbal communication has not be interpreted correctly by the pupils c. the teacher’s verbal and non-verbal messages are contradictory d. the pupil’s perceptions of the teacher’s nonverbal behavior did not change 461. Which of the following are implications of growth and development principles in education? I. The teacher should endeavor to know her capacity and her home environment II. Teachers should respect differences among children and youth III. The predictability of the patterns of development should guide curriculum makers and teachers in the sequencing and choice of learning materials a. I, II b. I, III c. II, III d. I, II, III 462. Which of the following is an example of learning? a. an infant cries when he is hungry b. a student wears here “lucky” skirt during a test c. an adolescent became ill after being exposed to influenza d. a girl playing “bahay-bahayan” 463. What is the strongest implication of the theory of classical conditioning theory of Pavlov? a. Gina having stomach ache before the Geometry class b. Ben wanting to participate in class for more popularity c. Cliff trying to earn good grades by studying d. Roel searching in the library for an assignment 464. Aimee was not playing originally good at playing the piano when she first learned it in third grade. However, through time and practices, she began becoming very good at it. Which conditioning theory best describes such progress? a. Law of repetition b. Law of practice c. Law of recency d. Law of exercise e. Law of identical 465. At the end of Piaget’s concrete operational state, a child is capable of all the following task, except:

a. class inclusion b. transitivity c. decantation d. testing hypothesis e. resolving conflicts 466. According to Kohlberg’s theory of moral development individual progress from stage to stage by: a. interacting with those whose moral reasoning is at higher level b. resolving critical and conflicting psychosocial issues c. exhibiting socially acceptable behavior d. seeking approval and avoiding punishment e. seeking pleasure 467. Which of the following is a definition of learning from a behavioral perspective? a. learning is an observable process that individuals used to learn and to remember information b. learning is taking in, processing,, storing and receiving perceptual information c. learning is building new structures upon these previously learned d. learning includes how pleasurable or how painful consequences of behavior change individuals behavior overtime e. learning is change of behavior in the individual 468. Which of the following is an example of metacognitive skills? a. recalling a name b. listening skill c. planning and effective study strategy d. reading a poem aloud e. baking a cake 469. The forms of behavior that violate the norms are called – a. flaunters b. deviants c. defiant d. non-social e. moves 470. When we say that Ilocanos are thrifty and industrious, the Tagalogs are progressive and proud, the Bicolanos are friendly, we are making use of – a. stereotypes b. epithets c. eikucentrism d. prejudice e. culture shock 471. Which of this chronology characterizes the period of babyhood? I. Babyhood is the true foundation of age II. Babyhood is an age of rapid growth and change III. Babyhood is an age of decreasing dependency IV. Babyhood is the beginning of socialization V. babyhood is the beginning of sex-role typing a. I, II, III and IV b. II, III, IV and V c. I, III, IV and V d. I, II, IV and V e. I, II, III, IV, and V 472. There are found chronological forms normally appearing in the development pattern of earning to talk, namely: I. Crying II. Babbling III. Yelling IV. Gesturing V. emotional expression a. I, II, III, and IV b. II, III, IV and V c. I, III, IV and V d. II, III, and V e. I, II, IV and V 473. Which chronological development below characterizes the nature of socialization during the early childhood?

I. During this state the child does not play more with other children, but also talks more with them II. As a general rule, during the preschool years, children find social contacts with members of the opposite sex more pleasurable than those with members of the same sex III. As a social contacts increases, young children engage in cooperative play, play in which they are part of the group and interact with group members IV. At this age children engage in parallel play, play in which young children play independently beside other children rather than with them. a. I, II, and IV b. III and IV c. II, III and IV d. I, II, and III e. I, III, and IV 474. Which of the following factors is probably the MOST crucial to successful child rearing? a. presence of educational toys at home b. presence of other siblings c. adult’s emotional and verbal responsiveness d. high socio-economic status e. presence of nutritious food 475. A factor that may contribute to higher incidence of child abuse in the Philippines is common acceptance of : a. spanking and other physical punishment\ b. mental illness c. economic status of the family d. size of the family e. dual-career families 476. Some preschoolers have difficulty to read at the early stage of schooling because they: a. can not see small objects or letter b. do not have binocular vision c. are near sighted d. can not focus on or scan a line of print e. are far-sighted 477. In teaching gender issues, knowledge should be based on an established research about gender related differences. Which of the following statements about gender-related differences is correct? a. females have greater verbal ability b. male have better visual-spatial skills c. male excel in mathematical skills d. male are more aggressive e. all of the above-statements are correct 478. A 9-year old girl is brought to the school physician’s office for a physical check up. She has no history of significant problems. When the school nurse ask the child and mother about the child’s best friend, the school is assessing: a. language development b. motor development c. neurological development d. social development e. emotional development 479. The mother tells the school nurse that the child is continually telling jokes and riddles to the point of driving the other family members crazy. The school nurse should explain that this behavior is a sign of: a. inadequate parental attention b. mastery of language c. inappropriate peer influence d. excessive television watching e. too much confidence 480. The theory of human needs was authored by: a. Piaget b. Maslow c. Dunn d. Freud e. Erickson 481. The proponent of the psychosexual theory is: a. Piaget b. Maslow

c. Dunn d. Freud e. Erickson 482. The psycho-social theory was of : a. Piaget b. Maslow c. Dunn d. Freud e. Erickson 483. The theorist who believes that each stage of development has a personality crisis involving a major conflict that is critical at the time is: a. Piaget b. Maslow c. Dunn d. Freud e. Erickson 484. The theorist who views that the development of the mind as occurring thru adaptation to the environment via assimilation and accommodation: a. Piaget b. Maslow c. Dunn d. Freud e. Erickson 485. Piaget is famous for this: a. human needs theory b. psychosexual theory c. physical growth theory d. psychosocial theory e. cognitive theory 486. The hereditary traits acquired by a person in his lifetime. a. are transmissible to his offspring b. reappear in his future grandchildren c. have no influence on the offspring at all d. become recessive traits 487. What do students develop when they are given a chance to settle differences of opinion? a. fair play b. tolerance c. irritants d. sociability 488. What action must schools do against teenagers “gang age?” a. provide the gang all the freedom it needs b. gives classrooms activities to give directions to out-of-school youth activities c. supervise gang activities d. set up norms of conduct for the members of the gang 489. Which statement is NOT needed to attain the learner’s interest in learning activities? a the activity must lead to practical end b the activity must be within the ability of the learner c the activity must fill a need recognized by the learner d the learner must have the experience that will furnish the background for the activity 490. What is the reaction of the shop teacher upon seeing the tools scattered? a that’s very kind of you b leave your tools alone c it’s all right, you may go d return your tools to the property clerk 491. Of the following Filipino traits, which is not a hindrance for progressive learning? a. Hiya b. Sensibility c. compadre system d. utang na loog 492. A special liking or inclination for a particular type of undertaking. a. Interest b. Goal c. attitude

d. none of these 493. Boyet’s family is very poor. His father is the sole provider for the seven children. Boyet wants to take a college degree. However, he has no means but to join a neighborhood notorious gang. He is following which life principle? a. Do what is right always b. The means fails to justify the end c. Double standard effect d. The Golden Rule 494. A mother who is an OFW (Overseas Filipino Worker) regularly sends money to her family here. Her children are enrolled in an exclusive and almost always hold parties. What moral principle is observed? a. double standard of living b. the Golden rule c. do what’s right always d. the means fails to justify the end 495. Maria works for a volunteer group that caters to the needs of dying individuals like Sofia. Maria talks with Sofia and his family to prepare them to her demises. Maria believes in what principle? a. death is inevitable, it must be recognized b. always do what is light c. double effect principle d. the means fails to justify the end 496. The Republic of the Philippines is – a. is a small island b. consist of 7,100 island and 72 million people c. a new Republic d. a very rich country 497. The Pope official residence in the Philippines. a. Malacanang Palace b. The Manila Hotel c. The Apostolic Nunciature d.The Convent of the Manila Cathedral 498. Who were the three Catholic princes of the Church promoted by Pope John Paul II to Cardinal positions? a. Jaime Sin, Jose C. Manalo, and Pedro C. Aglipay b. Jose Bucaneg, Pablo San Paolo and Juan C. Julio c. Jaime C. Sin. Ted Buhain, and Teodoro Bacani d. Jaime Cardinal Sin, Ricardo Cardinal Vidal and Jose Cardinal Sanchez 499. Pope John Paul II’s favorite expression is “Totus Tuus,” which means _____ in Latin. a. We’ll be with you b. Man is valuable c. God loves you d. All I am is for the service of the Lord 500. Time magazine has featured Pope John Paul Ii as “Man of the Year” a few years ago. He was also considered as “Man of the Century.” For what reason? a placing value on human life and the dignification of man b traveling extensively c initiating the celebration of the World Youth Day d waving and blessing the people at all times 501. The mutual respect and cooperation between the church and the government, contained in a document signed on March, 1993. a. The Social Pact b. The Mutual Friends c. Church and Government Together Pact d. The Pact for Mutual Respect 502. Through the World Youth Day, Pope John Paul II honors the youth. In the summer of 1997, where the 11th World Youth Day held? a. South Africa b. Beijing, China c. Paris, France d. Hu Chi Ming

503. Her composition “Tell the World of His Love” became the official theme of the 1995 world Youth Day. a Jamie Rivera b Carol Banawa c. Regine Velasquez d. Tricia Bellamede 504. His book “Crossing the Threshold of Hope” became a bestseller. a. Father Teodoro Bacani b. Father Bonifacio Barroflo c. Daniel Battle d. Pope John Paul II 505. A former Portuguese colony, which was annexed by Indonesia in 1976. The issue is considered still open or controversial. a. East Timor b. Papua New Guinea c. Sri Lanka d. Australia 506. The Russian physicist whose experiment showed that certain stimuli elicited reflex action like salivation of a dog in anticipation of feeding. a Ivan Petrovich Pavlov b Albert Bandura c. Leonard Mconahon d. Abraham Maslow 507. The Swiss psychologist who gave the importance of early cognitive development through four periods in child growth and development. a S. Tolonsky b Jean Piaget c. Richard Walter d. Sigmund Freud 508. He popularized the Connectionism and Trial and Error theories of learning. a. Edward C. Thorndike b. William Craig c. B. J. Underwood d. Froebel 509. Using chimpanzee as the study specimen, he was able to theorize that insight learning is possible where the organism could reconstruct his perceptual pattern into a new one. Who was he? a Wolfgang Kohler b Edward Tolman c. Poster Helgard d. Petrovich Gang 510. What should be the proper position of the Philippine flag when displayed vertically against a wall. a. the red is the right side b. the blue is at the left side c. the red is down d. the blue is up 511. He was the American President who said, “people don’t support you because they like you. You can count on a person’s support if you can do something for him or to him.” Who was he? a. Lyndon Johnson b. Richard Nixon c. John Kennedy d. Bill Clinton 512. Group work facilitates learning. It allows each member of the group to respond to the task at hand the way he/she thinks. What is practiced here? a. respect for others b social interaction c. social tolerance d. social respect 513. Pep actions and expressions like “you are doing well,” “nice work” and a pat on the shoulder support what motivational principle being used? a. positive motivation brings better results b. negative motivation produces negative results

c. goals should be set d. appropriate behavior is wholesome 514. Reciting the alphabet and number sequence especially in preschool, even done without much understanding develops remembering later. What mental process does the teacher develop in the practice? a. thinking reflectively b. logical sequence c. rote associations d. analysis skill 515. As a progressive principal, Dr. Elpidio A. Melgo separates Julie, Julio, and Julian, identical triplet in separate classes. What principles of learning does he practice? a. each child is unique and is given a chance to develop his identity b. each child must not depend on each other c. each child must be competitive d. let the triplet progress as they please 516. Described by Sigmund Freud, when a daughter becomes too attached to her father and consider her mother a rival – a .oedipal complex b. electra complex c. Achilles heel d. persecution complex 517. To effect change, which one of the following is NOT effective? a. regard punishment to produce positive b. results c. reinforce good behavior with a reward d. disapprove negative behavior out rightly e. ignore whatever behavior is shown 518. The City of Manila is used to be the center for business and education. To restore its glorious past grandeur much effort is now channeled to develop it. What is the famous seal of Manila? a. Combat b. Merlios c. the flag d. Bayan-Hinirang 519. Plateau of learning is the period when very little learning takes place in the child. How can this period be reduced? a. through motivation called extrinsic b. approaches c. through drill d. through the use of varied learning experiences e. through negligence 520. It is extended to make up for the harm done to someone. a Collusion b Reward c. compensation d. award 521. Researches established that complete coordination of motor activities is attained at – a pre-natal stage b childhood stage c. adolescence stage d. infancy 522. Children consider parents and teachers as authorities and models at the early childhood stage. What does this statement imply? a. parents should enforce strict discipline at home at teachers in school b. teachers and parents should serve as role models at all times c. teachers should demand complete obedience from the learners in school d. parent-teacher conference should always be an activity in school 523. The levels and type of abilities in adolescence will be maintained or enhanced in adulthood depending on such factors as: A) education, B) experiences, C) cognitive activities, and D) social activities. Which combination of abilities is maintained or enhanced? a. A-B-C b. A-B-C-D c. A and C

d. B and C 524. It was revealed in Terman’s studies of superior children that moral and personal trait superiority is significantly marked. Which of these is the appropriate activity of teacher? a. expose this group to moral and personal experiences b. distribute the activities of this group equally between moral and personal c. limit the experiences of this group to personal growth d. provide this group with more experiences in school other than moral and personal 525. This is the stage when the learner becomes confused and starts to experience identity crisis. Which of these stages is it? a. early childhood b late childhood c. adolescence d. adult stage 526. Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding the level of mental maturity necessary for a learner to profit from opportunities? a. it can be determined by readiness test b. it may be reached at the age of seven c. it varies from task d. it can approximately be reached at the age of five 527. If children are cooperatively engaged with the teacher in a group project the children will discipline themselves as each member of the group exercises. a. obedience to the teacher b. special interest c. peer influence d. moral compulsion 528. A student collapsed in her Social Studies class. It was found out that he did not eat her lunch. What principle is shown in this situation? a. physiological need b. somatotonic c. safety needs d. psychological needs 529. Which of the following will trigger additional development if a child is exposed to more challenges and stimuli in his surroundings? a. Potentials b Intelligence c. emotional development d. interests 530. Social stratification is greatly developed in the classroom. Which of these activities would be an effective way of avoiding or minimizing this? a. avail the influence of mass media for children of all classes b assign leadership roles to the children of the upper social class c provide limited experience to children of less privileged classes d encourage higher educational aspirations among the less privileged pupils 531. Which of these statements best explains why an athletic coach training college students for an intercollegiate tournament in weightlifting would do well to select his prospective contestants from the high school group? a. muscular strength continues to grow reaching its peak at age 20 b. muscular strength reaches its peak at age 17 and stabilizes at age 20 c. muscular strength depends upon the proportion of muscles and fat which stabilizes after the age 20 d. muscular strength reaches full maturation after the age 20 532. Which of the following is usually considered themost important factor in a child’s observable classroom behavior? a. Intelligence b. Heredity c. cultural background d. self-concept 533. If a resilient child with superior intelligence is reared in a poor environment the probable outcome would be – a. mental retardation since he is culturally deprived b. great change in IQ because he is culturally deprived c. no change in IQ because environmental deprivation has nothing to do with intelligence d. slight change in IQ although he can overcome frustration and obstacles

534. In a classroom it is possible to see the teacher doing the following to facilitate learning. I. The class reads a workbook on the II. Characteristics of animals III. The teacher shows posters of animals IV. The class goes out to the zoo observe the animals V. the class copies the characteristics of animals from books Which of these teacher’s activities reflects an interactive environment? a. II and III only b. I and IV only c. I and II only d. III only 535. A teacher who subscribes to the pragmatic philosophy of education believes that experience should follow learning. In her teaching, she therefore exerts effort in – a. requiring learners full mastery of the lessons b. encouraging learners to memorize factual knowledge c. equipping learners with the basic abilities and skills d. providing learners opportunities to apply theories and principles 536. Which of these teaching is PRIMARILY directed to support the psychological developmentalist view of making the child the center of the educational process through the applications of its laws of learning? a. development of the child from within b. systematic formulation of methods c. use of effective media technology d. promotion of the child’s social unconsciousness 537. Social adjustment means the ability to behave in accordance with – a. social expectations b. stereotyped behavior c. social unrest d. universal norms 538. Which of these theories holds that human activity is based on the interaction of stimuli and responses? a. Association b. Vector c. cognitive-field d. social learning 539. Manual-aesthetic activities involving attitudes and feelings are primarily expressive of emotions and values not thoughts. An example of his motor skill is – a. baking a cake with background music b. manipulating a bowling ball to achieve a strike c. dancing and playing musical instruments d. saving a board for the wall of a book cabinet 540. Freud expounded that there is a period when young boys experience rivalry with their father for their mother’s affection. This is – An adolescent combines his ability to use deductive and inductive reasoning is constructing realistic rules that he can respect and live by. When he does this, how does he perceive his environment? a. he sees the world and himself through the eyes of other people b. he sees events apart from himself and other people c. may take place formally or informally to enable the individual to grow d. may take place anywhere and anytime the individual do desires 541. The tendency to imitate elders is very strong in the early childhood stage. Teachers should therefore be very good – a. role models b counselors c. facilitators of learning d. disciplinarians 542. The child cannot distinguish abstracts during the sensory-motor period of development. Which of these techniques should a teacher apply to accommodate learning? a. utilize concrete objects to clarify concept b. make use of individualize instruction c. explain the lesson very well d. provide variety of educational toys 543. Psychologically, there is unity in all learning; however, there are distinct types of learning that are recognized. One is affective learning that involves –

a. understanding of the external world through the use of the senses b formation of concepts and ideas c acquisition of attitudes, ideals, judgment and values d acquisition of facts and information 544. Which of these systems of learning includes ways and methods, which are used in preserving and building certain traditions within cultural communities? a. indigenous learning b. cultural learning c. multi-level learning d. non-formal learning 545. Studies revealed some findings relative to the mental abilities of delinquent and nondelinquent children. Which of these is TRUE? a. there are marked differences between the performance of non-delinquent and delinquent children. b. Non-delinquent children are somewhat brighter than delinquent children c. There are no significant differences between the performance of delinquent and nondelinquent children d Delinquent children are slightly brighter than non-delinquent children but not significant 546. Identical twins are more alike than fraternal statements/principles is supported by this? a. heredity has a part in determining intelligence b. intelligence is determined partly by pre-natal nutrition c. environment affects both fraternal and identical twins d. intelligence hinges in physical structure

twins.

Which

of

the

following

547. Children’s interests are generally largely dependent on their experiences. Which of the following is an implication of this statement? a. the curriculum should provide vital experiences if the school must use its opportunities to develop interest. b. A large part of the subject matter has to be easy if they are to interesting and within the learner’s experience. c. The experience of the child reduces the area in which the school may choose to develop interests. d. The school should not develop interest outside the experience of the child. 548. Which of these processes can be used to prevent forgetting and unlearning? a Motivation b Presentation c. evaluation d. drills and review 549. The adolescence wants independence; yet he has a strong desire for security. He wants to feel secure in the affection and regard of his peers and of adults. That is, he wants to be secured – a. physically and socially b. spiritually and physically c. mentally and emotionally d. emotionally and socially 550. The problem of meeting adequately all the needs of a learner in education becomes the task of the teacher. For this task to be effectively accomplished, the teacher has to be aware of the nature and extent of the school learners’ differences, how they affect teaching and learning. In the developmental theory, this refers to: a. family differences b. community differences c. individual differences d. sex differences 551. As the individual emerges from the sheltered life within the home toward an expanded social and physical environment, new problems arise and additional needs and wants appear. During this time boys and girls need very urgently. a. physical adjustment b. social adjustment c. emotional adjustment d. spiritual adjustment 552. According to this theory, human activities are based on association between stimuli and responses. This theory has been called the S-R bond. These terms refers to: a. connectionism theory b. law of readiness

c. law of effect d. conditioning theory 553. It states that when a person is prepared to respond or act, giving the responses is satisfying and being prevented from doing so is annoying. a. connectionism theory b law of readiness c. law of effect d. conditioning theory 554. Pavlov’s well-known experiment demonstrated the formation or straightening of an association between salivation is a dog and the sound of a buzzer through the repeated simultaneous presentation of the buzzer with the stimulus for salivation, namely food, which serves to reinforce the association. a. Excitation b. Extinction c. spontaneous recovery d. respondent conditioning 555. It is a process in which the individuals’ attention and interest are aroused and directed toward definite goals. a. Motivation b. Generalization c. evaluation d. application 556. There are motivations, which may be applied by a teacher in motivating students to learn. One is a force that arises from outside the individual such as honors, monetary rewards, medals and the like. This force refers to: a. extrinsic motivator b intrinsic motivator c. extensive motivator d. intensive motivator 557. In all social groupings members are classified according to certain criteria, which may differ according to the nature of the group. One of the systems by which men are ranked higher or lower according to the value accorded their various social roles and activities. a. social gratification b social grace c. social stratification d. social differentiation 558. Sociologists have long recognized difference in groups and have used these differences as the bases for group classification. It is relatively smaller in size than “gang”. It comes into being when two or more persons are related to one another in an intimate fellowship that involves going out together, doing things together, exchanging intimate personal matters involving emotional sentimental situations: a. gang b. peer c. playmate d. clique 559. Which of these attitudes helps the individual to endure suffering, poverty, sickness, tragedy and bad luck? This attitude enables one to accept resignation and tolerance to pain and frustrations. This attitude that still persists is called: a. fatalism b. animism c. non-rationalism d. euphemism 560. This attitude denotes a sense of gratitude. This values system comprises a network of behavior with different degrees of connotation. It is a complicated system of mutual; obligation. Everybody owes a debt of gratitude to someone; everyone in some way had done something for someone who therefore owes him in return. This value is referred to as: a. ningas cogon b. manana habit c. fiesta syndrome d. utang na loob 561. It is something that grows and changes with the passage of time. It is the complex whole that includes knowledge, belief, art, law, morals, customs and other capabilities and habits acquired by man as

a member of society. This is referred to as: a. culture b experience c. learning d. education 562. When planning the program for learning what is important for the teacher to know? a. the child’s or learner’s background b. the learner’s problems and needs c. the learner’s abilities and interest d. all of the above 563. Which of the following statement is consistent with the basic principles of guiding pupil learning? a. the child is the beginning, the center, and the end-goal of the learning process b. the child is a unique individual, meaning no two children are alike because every child has characteristics distinctly his own c. the child should be accepted for what he is: his personality should be respected d all of the above 564. Which of the following groups of individual look upon education as changed behavior? a. Anthropologists b. sociologists c. physiologists d. all of the above 565. To meet individual differences of learners, the teacher should – a. provide richly varied activities in her classroom b. use flexible teaching procedures c. make the organization of learning experience flexible d. all of the above 566. According to the traditionalist view – a. education should prepare the child for adults life or life hereafter b children should be grounded in the rules of conduct which help ensure the “eternal reward” c children must adjust to the established institutions of society d all of the above 567. The process of abstraction involves – a. labeling as “real” that which exists empirically b. defining in terms of observable c. making inferences based on the behavior of the observable d. generalizing e. all of the above 568. In a school where the child’s or learner’s interests are the primary concern of the teachers, we find school administrators who are – a. progressivists b. pragmatists c. experimentalists d. all of the above 569. What is personality? It is – a. a social respect b. the totality of impressions one makes on others c. something that covers values as well as aspects of behavior d. all of the above 570. Human social life is the product of – a. biological heredity b natural environment c. the group and culture d. all of the above 571. Kilpatrickian (referring to William Kilpatrick) is essentially associated with – a. the project method b. purposeful activity c. intrinsic motivation d. all of the above 572. The idea that education is primarily a method of helping the individual adjust to his environment stems from the – a. sociological foundation of education b. philosophical foundation of education

c. scientific foundation of education d. psychological foundation of education 573. The contemporary educational view fundamentally manifests – a. an eclectic tendency b. psychological trend c. a sociological bias d. a philosophical inclination 574. The tendency to regard learning as a set of processes by which an organism is modified by the responses it makes to stimuli is indicative of – a. sociological influence b. philosophical influence c. scientific influence d. psychological bias 575. What are the acquired human needs that are built largely around the ego? a. the desire to belong to the group b. desire to be accepted and loved by the group c. desire to enjoy good standing in the group d. all of the above 576. What is personality a function of a. personality is a function of he expectations of social situations b. personality is a function of social situations c. personality is a function of the self. d A and B 577. Human growth and development are differentiated in the sense that – a. growth usually involves physical changes while development refers to learning maturation b. growth involves learning while development is an increase in height and weight at the time c. growth is the process of ripening while development is always the result of instruction and training d. none of these 578. Why do unborn fetus and newly born babies appear to be like “monster” with abnormally large heads? This could be due to the fact that: a. the head consists of lot of fluids in the head b. the pattern of development starts with the head downward c. the head is the most important part of the body d. human life has not fully developed yet 579. Even among identical twins, brothers and sisters, teacher should not compare their abilities because – a. every individual is unique b. comparisons can arouse feelings of hostility and anger c. comparisons can lead to unnecessarypressures d. all of these 580. The developmental period of “storms and stresses” when children rebel against their parents is during – a. early childhood b. late childhood c. adolescence d. early adulthood 581. In what development stage are the fundamental skills in reading, writing and calculating developed according to Havighurst? a. early childhood b. late childhood c. adolescence d. early adulthood 582. According to Erikson, “identity crisis” or identity vs. role” confusion occurs during the ages of – a. 3 to 6 years b. 6 to 12 years c. 12 to 18 years d. 18 to 21 years 583. In Kholberg’s moral development theory, judgment about what is right or wrong is based on consequences such as punishment. This happens during – a. pre-conventional morality

b. conventional morality c. post-conventional morality d. in any of the stages 584. Learning how to operate and observe under a microscope is a – a. sensory-motor type of learning b. effective type of learning c. cognitive type of learning d. association type of learning 585. Learning is a matter of habit formation of “getting used to it,” according to the theory of Pavlov known as – a. Gestaltism b. Functionalism c. Stimulus response-connectionism d. Conditioning 586. A person’s or animal’s learning is reinforced when there is a reward that follows after a successful act. This is according to the theory of – a. operant conditioning b. classical conditioning c. cognitive theory d. affective theory 587. Learning takes place as a whole in a form of generalization according to the theory of the – a. Connectionist’s b. Behaviorists c. Gestaltists d. Psychoanalysts 588. A period when peak of learning takes place is known as – a. learning curve b. plateau of learning c. learning spurts d. learning process 589. A psychological instrument used to determine how popular or unpopular a pupil is known as – a. Sociogram b. anecdotal record c. checklist d. questionnaire 590. A type of psychological defense mechanism which consists of giving explanations for our behavior, explanations that often seem to quite logical, but that do not get at the real cause is – a. displace hostility b. rationalization c. repression d. regression 591. An IQ which range from 70 to 85 is usually believed to be in the intellectual level of – a. normal b. superior c. dull normal d. moron 592. A person who classified the hierarchy needs of man into basic physiological needs and security, love, esteem and self-actualization was – a. Maslow b. Roger c. James d. Thorndike 593. Which of the following is a practical application of Thorndike’s law of readiness? a. pupils must be frequently exposed to drills, practices b. pupils must be motivated first before my lesson starts c. pupils must be praised for their good work d. pupils must be punished for their misbehavior

594. What type of education is usually intended for out of- school which consist vocationaltechnical skills training? a. non-formal education b. formal education c. informal education d. liberal education 595. A type of group which one has feeling of indifference, strangeness, avoidance, dislike, antagonism and even hatred – a. in group b. out group c. peer group d. reference group 596. Which of the following describes the nature of the Philippine value system? a. to maintain harmony with nature and people b. to avoid disagreement, conflicts by maintaining smooth interpersonal relationship c. economic mobility an social acceptance d. all of these 597. An intense feeling that one’s culture is more superior than other people’s is known as – a. ethnocentrism b. xenophobia c. hydrophobia d. protectionism 598. Customary ways of behaving which have become habitual and repetitive to a number of individuals of a group is known as – a. folkways b. mores c. folktales d. ethnic ways 599. A type of social status which is acquired or earned by birth as in the case of the royal families handing down automatically the royal titles to their children – a. ascribed status b. achieved status c. innate status d. earned status 600. Studies of Robert Fox in 1977 tend to show that the first man reached the Philippines during the – a. Middle Pleistocene period, 4-5 thousand years ago b. Early Pleistocene period c. Late Pleistocene period d. Pre-Pleistocene period 601. The most significant findings of Robert Fox was the discovery of the – a. Tabon skull in Palawan in 1962 b. Aetas or Negritos c. Working tools or implements of our ancestors d. Its Skull 602. The feelings of uneasiness, disbelief, dislike against any new culture is known as – a. enculturation b. culture shock c. acculturation d. amalgamation 603. There are different factors that affect intelligence. Which of these refers to the pathological conditions? a. Heredity b. Race c. brain d. emotion 604.The lowest IQ indicated in the intelligence scale is – a. moron b. imbecile c. idiot d. feeble-minded

605. The individual’s basic outlooks, values and ideals are to a great except shape during – a. neonate b. childhood c. childhood d. adolescence 606. The cycle of human development includes the following stages mentioned below. Which of these stages should come first? a. Adulthood b. Infanthood c. childhood d. adolescent 607. One inherits certain traits from one’s parents but he is not the real replica of his parents. This explains the principle of heredity which is the principle of – a. variation b. uniformity c. reproduction d. filial regression 608. The teacher can help develop self-concept among her pupils by – a. letting the child know how bad, stupid, and a failure he was. b. Keeping quiet about the child’s limitation c. Expressing confidence on the child’s capability punishing d. Punishing 609. Which of the following will directly satisfy biological drives? a. Water c. economic security b. Oxygen d. sleep 610. What term is used to refer to internal stimulus condition of the organism, which impels it to activity? a. Motives b. school phobia c. motivation d. incentive 611 A child who is overprotected or rejected may suffer – a. obsession b. school phobia c. neutralism d. hypochondriac 612. There are many factors to consider in determining the child’s readiness for learning. Which of these is the most basic? a. maturation b. experience c. methods and materials of instruction d. emotional attitudes and personal adjustments 613. Learning is due to maturation and training. Which of the laws is highly related to it? a. law of use b. law of annoyance c. law of effect d. law of readiness 614. During the sensorimotor period, the child develops a functional understanding of many things. Which of these does not belong to these? a. imitation play b. causality objects c. space and time d. concentration 615. When teaching Math, the teacher provides situations where the pupils discovered the meaning of square. What then may the pupils form? a. process concept b. structural concept c. quality concept d. cluster concept 616. Which of these listed needs does not belong to the sociogenic type?

a. Thirst b. Status c. security d. independence 617. The most scientific school of psychology is – a. behaviorism b. Gestaltism c. structuralism d. functionalism 618. A child who can execute difficult dance steps, throw and catch a ball skillful play several games is said to have – a. mechanical intelligence b. abstract intelligence c. motor intelligence d. social intelligence 619) A child who is cordial, friendly and helpful with whom people like, has a high capacity for – a. mechanical intelligence b. social intelligence c. motor intelligence d. abstract intelligence 620. Which of the four emotional behavior patterns will be the reaction in pleasant situation? a. destruction b. approach c. retreat d. stopping of response 621. When a younger reverts to weeping, pouting or childish play as means of overcoming frustrations, this mechanism is called – a. repression b. regression c. nomadism d. fantasy 622. Cognitive domain refers to – a. skills b. attitude c. values d. knowledge with understanding 623. The behavior of the child is to large extent dependent upon his – a. biological inheritance b. environment c. peers d. parents 624. Which of these provide the best reinforcement? a. use of marks b. scholarship c. awarding a model d. natural interest in the world 625. There are several causes of maladjustment. Which one is not a sure cause? a. poverty b. rejection c. broken home d. intelligence 626. The best single criterion of the degree of maturity of a child is his – a. size b. age c. bone ossification d. skeletal growth 627. Growth is most rapidly rapid proportionally____. a. in the pre-natal months b. from birth to six c. from six to twelve d. in adolescence

628. Growth takes place – a. gradually for the while organism b. with differential rates for different parts of the body c. suddenly by spurts of the whole d. in serial order of development 629. The different stages of the child growth’s should be understood because – a. of the relation of between his physical and mental status b. of the wide range of ability c. his emotional; and social factors affect growth d. education fir the growth 630. Adolescence includes the years from – a. 6 to 9 b. 9 to 12 c. 13 to 21 d. 21 to 26 631. By social intelligence we mean – a. ability to get along with people b. absence of shyness c. membership in several organizations d. absence of an inferiority complex 632. Children form gang mainly because of – a. parental laxity b. rebellion against authority c. desire for adventure d. the urge to be independent 633. Delinquency reaches its peak – a. before the teenage b. in the early and middle teens c. in the twenties d. in the thirties 634. The gang generally disintegrates because of – a. hostility between members b. members become indifferent in size c. the school prohibits it d. other interests, particularly in the other sex 635. The best way to help adolescents become socially mature is to – a. urge them to confide in their parents b. help them feel free to do as the crowd does c. give wholesome and adequate social experiences d. overcome inferiority feelings and pattern 636. Emotions are significant because they – a. always stimulate thinking b. preserve our lives c. are the products of the body d. are the major fasters in personality 637. The school causes emotional maladjustment most often by – a. hard problems and lessons b. failure in the work c. opposition from friends d. lack of guidance 638. The native stimulus for fear is – a. the dark b. snakes c. a sudden or starting stimulus d. being restrained or held 639. Emotions can best be trained by – a. assuming an indifference to disturbing things b. inhibiting or repressing all emotions c. avoiding all emotional stimuli d. attaching satisfaction to desirable emotion pattern 640. Maladjustment can often be prevented by – a. giving the children more attention

b. speaking of the bad impression his conduct makes c. seeing the child is successful in what he undertakes d. letting the child strictly alone 641. Overprotected children will probably develop into adults who – a. are independent and self-reliant b. are emotionally mature c. will protect other children d. continue to learn on their parent 642. The most serious maladjusted child is one who – a. talk back to his teachers b. is loud and disorderly c. in unsocial and withdrawn from others d. destroys school materials 643. Making the child ashamed of some habitual behaviors is most likely to have the effect of – a. eliminating desirable habit without harmful consequences b. adding a deep sense of guilt to the misbehavior c. causing open rebellion d. a temporary improvement in conduct and attitude 644. The correction of maladjustment in an individual child is – a. a very complicated and difficult matter b. an impossible task c. a rather easy thing d. a task only for psychiatrists 645. Memorization is made more effective by – a. repetition b. visualization c. meaningfulness or understanding d. intensity 646. Studies of the effect of summer vacation upon retention indicate that – a. much is forgotten b. small amount is forgotten c. nothing is forgotten d. retention is increased 647. The intention to remember – a. assume mastery b. adds meaning to the material c. does nor retard forgetting d. increased interest and mind-set 648. Over-learning the material – a. increased retention b. decreases interests c. makes memory work monotonous d. increases forgetting 649. A good memory has much value because it – a. gives one a chance to show individuality b. shows that one is above average in intelligence c. increases one’s social efficiency d. indicates clear thinking 650. The most widely accepted concept of intelligence is– a. capacity to learn b. ability to sustain oneself economically c. ability to control emotion d. ability to make social contacts 651. A feeble-minded person has an IQ of – a. 80 b. 90 c. below 70 d. 75 652. A gifted person has an IQ of – a. 100 b. 110 c. 120

d. above 130 653. The percentage of individuals classified as having an average of normal intelligence is – a. 50 b. 60 c. 70 d. 80 654. Children who are very bright tend to be – a. physically small and sickly b. nervous and emotionally unstable c. shy, timid, and unsocial d. favorably endowed in more respect 655. People’s knowledge, beliefs, arts, morals, laws, customs and other capabilities and habits known as – a. education b. socialization c. culture d. anthropology 656. Pre-marital sex is commonly practiced in Western countries, but considered bad in the Philippines; what is good for them is bad for us. This means that culture is – a. adaptive b. dynamic c. shared d. relative 657. The expression “Filipinos operate or live on two levels of culture,” means that Filipinos – a. are influenced by both parental sides – father-mother b. versatile people who can live whether in the Philippines or USA c. influenced by both Western and Asian culture d. either good or bad 658. Whether we like or not, it is impossible to find a true or pure Filipino music, dance, or belief, because culture is – a. Diverge b. dynamic-cumulative c. relative d. learned 659. In what sense does culture distinguish man from animal? a. man develops culture, arts, laws, etc., while animals behave according to their instinct b. man is superior intellectually than animals c. man although superior intellectually, is physically inferior to animals d. animals can be cultured like human beings 660. When a Filipino is married to a German, there is a mixture or blending of two different cultures – as shown in their children’s behavior, this is known as cultural – a. fusion b. altruism c. unification d. none of these 661. The greatest influence on a child – a. the school environment b. his or her peers c. the home environment d. all of the above 662. Responses accompanied by satisfaction are more firmly connected with the situation according to the laws of – a. readiness b. exercise c. effect d. association 663. Which is more important for learning to own? a. Readiness b. Training c. practice

d.

context

664. The law is based on the principle that learning is transferable. a. Exercise b. Effect c. readiness d. apperception 665. The adolescent’s powerful tool is the combined ability to use deductive and inductive reasoning in constructing realistic rules he can respect and live by. The adolescence therefore ___. a. sees events apart from himself and other people b. views the world from his own perspective c. interprets events from a limited view d. sees the world and himself through the eyes of other people 666. When a child develops conventional morality, his/her behavior is based on ___. a. personal decisions based on his/her satisfaction b. the desire to avoid severe physical punishment by a superior authority c. internalized the ideals to avoid self-condemnation rather than a social censure d. the expectations of the group or society in general to gain approval 667. What is the importance or role of the PEER GROUP in adolescence? a. stops the learning and development of social roles b. allows the young to stays away from home c. provides the adolescent the time to make unwise decisions d. allows the young to free himself from too much dependence on his parents and family 668. A child learns the world FLOWER before he can name Sampaguita, Gumamela, and Camia because development _____. a. is cephalocaudal in nature b. proceeds from general to specific c. follows a pattern d. is a continuous process 669. Why is indoctrinating the child by making decisions for him dangerous? a. it will confuse him b. it will develop in him negative attitudes c. it will thwart his personality d. it will make him dependent on the thinking of others 670. The cognitive process refers to the realization that even if things change in physical appearance, certain attributers are constant. This is ____. a. reservation b. construction c. integration d. conservation 671. The second basic principle of development states that the rate of the development is unique to each individual. Educators aptly termed this as the principle of ____. a. dynamic change b. variation c. individual difference d. uniqueness 672. Learning is strengthened if it results in satisfaction but is weakened if it leads to annoyance. This is the Law of ____. a. exercise b. effect c. readiness d. repetition 673. The level of mental maturity necessary for a pupil to profit from opportunities to learn ___. a. may be reached at the age of seven b. can approximately be reached at the age of five c. varies from task to task d. can be determined by readiness test

674. In which of the following teacher tasks is knowledge of children’s effective development only of supplementary significance? a. understanding one’s own emotional reactions to various types of pupil behavior b. understanding the emotionally-based causes of pupil behavior c. sampling of classroom activities that generate excitement and happiness d. helping children overcome negative emotions 675. Educators are aware that no amount of practice and instruction can make a four-month old child walk or speak fluently, because the muscular and neural structures are not yet ready for those skills. These points to the process called _____. a. development b. maturation c. growth d. heredity 676. Identical twins are more alike in intelligence than are fraternal twins. This fact indicates that ____. a. environment affects both fraternal and identical twins b. intelligence is determined partly by prenatal nutrition c. heredity has a part in determining intelligence d. intelligence hinges on physical structure 677. Much of today’s classroom practices are influenced by Skinner’s operant conditioning, which stresses on ____. a. involuntary response to a stimulus b. progression of subordinate learning c. connection between stimulus and response d. reinforcement of correct response 678. Early childhood is characterized by educators as a period of morality by constraint. This means that children in this stage consider teacher and parents as ____. a. authorities and models b. counselors and advisers c. peers and playmates d. facilitators and supervisors 679. Because learning increases directly in proportion to the extent to which the learner is wholly bound up in his task, the teacher should give lessons that ____. a. are fictitious to appeal to their imagination b. have significance and worth to the child c. are easy to comprehend d. portray complex ideas 680. The major contribution of Kohlberg’s moral development theory is its analysis on the way in which stages of moral development are closely related to corresponding cognitive growth. This points that ___. a. all individuals completely reach their post conventional level of maturity b. as cognitive growth occurs, individuals are able to solve more complex moral problems c. adolescents should not be exposed to contrary moral views d. school should get children to accept or conform to society’s rule 681. Which of the following corresponds to Kohlberg’s post-conventional or principled level of moral development? a. right action consists of what instrumentally satisfies one’s own needs b. right action is defined by the decision of conscience in accordance with self-chosen universal ethical principles c. good behavior is based on the physical consequences of action d. good behavior is that which pleases or helps others or is approved by them 682. In Kohlberg’s stage 6 of Post Conventional Morality, the individual’s judgment is based on ___. a. standards/norms and expectations of the group b. the arbitrariness of social and legal conventions c. both social standards and internalized ideas d. external criteria-standards of right and wrong which are laid down by authority 683. The relationship between education and culture tends to be cyclical. This means that ____. a. the school is shaped by culture and culture in turn is influenced by the school b. the school function is primarily as a transmitter of culture and is a change agent

c. the school becomes the avenue through which the individuals learn their culture d. culture is transmitted by the school system, and the classroom is the place where transmission takes place 684. An athletic coach training college students for an intercollegiate tournament in weightlifting would do well to select his prospective contestants from the high school group because muscular strength ____. a. reaches its peak at age 17 and stabilize till age 20 b. continues to grow reaching its peak at age 20 c. reaches fill maturity after age 20 d. depends upon the proportion of muscles and fat which stabilizes after age 20 685. Teachers should bear in mind that the period of greatest mental development is from ___. a 3 to 6 years b 9 to 12 years c. 6 to 9 years d. 12 to 15 years 686. Which patterns of development closely parallel to the pattern for speech development? a. emotional and moral b. intellectual and moral c. intellectual and motor d. emotional and motor 687. What would be an effective way of avoiding social stratification is the classroom? a. provide limited experience to children of less privileged classes b. provide influence of mass media for children of all social classes c. encourage higher educational aspirations among the less privileged pupils d. assign leadership roles to the children of the upper social class 688. The environment in order to facilitate learning must be interactive. Which of the following best typifies this kind of environment? a. the child summarizes the section on fossils in his science textbook b. the child listens to a lecture on fossils given by the teacher c. the child goes out and discovers for himself some rock or fossil d. the child copies a list of facts concerning fossils on the blackboard 689. A student fainted during the flag ceremony. It was found out that he didn’t take his breakfast. What psychological principle is shown in this situation? a. somatotonic principle b. safety needs principle c. .physiological need principle d. Id principle 690. The individual has to learn developmental tasks at each stage of development. Failure to do so at an earlier stage may cause problems in later stages. Arrange the following tasks according to the stages when they occur in one’s life span. a. developing conscience, morality and a scale of values b. learning to distinguish right from wrong c. acquiring a set of values and an ethical system d. taking on civic responsibility a. b-a-c-d b. c-a-b-d c. a-c-b-d d. a-b-c-d 691. Some students have pointed out that the course of human development can be influenced positively by manipulating some aspects of the internal and external development. One thing a teacher can do in this regard is to ___. a. keep the room well-ventilated, orderly and clean b. provide learners with a set of routine activities to be followed strictly c. arrange the seat in such a way that every learner feels comfortable d. provide learners with a variety of enriched learning materials and aids for the different’ 692. Learning increase directly in proportion to the extent to which the learner is wholly bound up in his task.

How does a teacher show this in her lesson? The teacher gives lessons that ___. a. have significance and worth to the child b. are fictitious to appear to their imagination c. portray complex ideas d. are easy to comprehend 693. When an adolescent combines ability to use deductive and inductive reasoning in constructing realistic rules that he can respect and live by, how does he perceived his environment? a. he views the world form his perspective b. he sees events apart from himself and other people c. he interprets events from a limited view d. he sees the world and himself through the eyes of others 694. Heredity has a part in determining intelligence. Which of the following statements support this principle? a. intelligence is determined partly by pre-natal nutrition b. identical twins are more alike than fraternal twins c. intelligence hinges in physical structure d environmental affects both fraternal and identical twins 695. Development tasks are to be learned by the individual at the each stage of development. If these tasks are not developed at an early stage, this may cause problems in later years. Arrange the following tasks according to the stages when they occur in one’s life span. I. acquiring a set of values and an ethical span II. developing conscience, morality and a scale of values III. learning to distinguish right from wrong IV. taking a civic responsibility a. III, II, I, IV b I, II,III, IV c. II, IV, I, III d. III, I, II and IV 696. Which of the current classroom practices is influenced by Skinner’s operant conditioning? a. progression of subordinate learning b. reinforcement of correct practices c. connection between stimulus and response d. involuntary response to a stimulus 697. The psychological developmentalist made the child the center of the educational process through application of its law of learning. Teaching should therefore be primarily directed towards the ____. a. promotion of the child’s social unconsciousness b. development of the child from within c. use of effective media technology d. systematic formulation of methods 698. Which of the following would you considers MOST indicative of actual maladjustment of a student? a. failing to take care of school properties b. spending his entire allowance each week on science fiction paperbacks c. finding fault with the work of this classmate d. inviting his classmates to eating places in an attempt to be popular 699. Who introduce the technique of using the drawing of a man as a measure of intelligence? a Binet b Aristotle c. Good enough d. Herbert 700. Human development follows a pattern. Which of the following demonstrates this theory? a. In Geography class, children learn the difference provinces b. ahead of their own town c. Petra names sampaguita, roses and camia before learning the word flower d. A child learns the word ANIMALS before he can name dog , cat, goat and cow e. In mathematics learners know division ahead of addition 701. Pre-school education is a recognition that the period of greatest mental development among individual is from ___ years. a. 6 to 9 b. 12 to 15

c. 9 to 12 d. 3 to 6 702. Social development means that acquisition of the ability to behave in accordance with ____. a. social insights b. universal norms c. stereotyped behavior d. social expectations 703. Which of the following demonstrates that education and culture tend to cyclical? a. the school becomes the avenue by which individual learn their culture b. culture is transmitted by the school system and the classroom becomes the place of transmission c. the school shaped by culture and culture in tern influence by the school d the school functions primarily as a transmitter of culture and is a change agent 704. Which of these statements is TRUE regarding the indoctrination of a child in making decision? a. this will facilitate the child’s ability to make decisions b. this will give hi the opportunity to make right decisions at an early stage c. this will make him dependent on the thinkingof others d. this will enhance his ability to think and decide 705. How does peer group influenced adolescence? a. stops the learning and development of social roles b. provides the adolescents the time to make unwise decisions c. allows the young to free himself from too much dependence on his family d. allows the young to stay away from home 706. Terman’s studies of superior children show that in moral and personal traits the superiority is significantly marked. What this suggests to the teacher? a. limit the experience of this group to personal growth b. distribute the activities of this group equally between moral and personal c. expose this group to moral and personal experience d. provide this group with more experiences in school’s outside or moral and personal 707. Children in the early stage consider teachers and parents as authorities and models. What does this statement imply? a. teachers and parents should serve as role models at all times b. parent-teacher conference should always be an activity in school c. parents should enforce strict discipline at home and teachers in school d. teachers should demand complete obedience form the learners in school 708. The environment must be interactive to facilitate learning, which of the following situation is an example of this? a. the class copies a list of facts concerning the habitat of insects b. the teacher lectures on the habitat of insects c. the class goes out and discovers the habitat of insects d. the teacher shows posters of the habitat of insects 709. Which of the following statements involving the relative mental abilities of delinquent and nondelinquent children has been supported by studies to be generally true? a. there are marked differences between the performance of two groups b. there are no significant difference between them c. non-delinquent children are somewhat brighter than delinquent children d. delinquent children are slightly but significant brighter 710. How does a teacher demonstrate that the course of human development can be influenced positively by manipulating some aspects of the internal and external development? a. arranging the seats in such a way that every learner feels comfortable b. providing learners with a set of routine activities to be followed strictly c. providing learners with a variety of enriched learning materials and aids for different subjects d. keeping the room well-ventilated, orderly and clean 711. This system of learning includes ways and methods, which are used in preserving and building certain traditions within cultural communities. This refers to ___. a cultural learning system b indigenous learning system

c multi-level learning system d non-formal learning system 712. Social experimentation believes that education should develop in the learner a social motive and intelligence to enable them to help solve problems of changing society. Teachers are therefore encouraged to ____. a. teach the learners what to do as they know in making right decisions b. involve the community and discuss objectively relevant issues to guide learners in evaluating them c. influence the learners in making choices and conclusions as regards controversial issues d. tell the learners to accept social traditions wholly because social heritage is of great value 713. Which of these contributions was the idea advanced by “Gestalt” psychologists? a. the best method of learning is through “conditioning” b. the individual reacts to a total environment c. a particular stimulus will lead to a specific response d. each “faculty” of the brain must be provided with appropriate exercise 714 The principle of individual differences requires teachers to ____. a. prepare modules for slow learners in the class b. provide varied learning activities to suit individual needs c. treat all learners alike while in the classroom d. give more attention to the gifted students 715. All learning is bond connecting. In which of the following is this principle NOT applicable? a. habits b. attitudes c. reflexes d. skills 716. In which of the following teacher tasks is knowledge of children’s affective development of LEAST significance? a. understanding the emotionally-based causes of pupil behavior b. sampling of classroom activities that generate excitement and happiness c. helping children overcome negative emotions d. exploring one’s own emotional reactions to various types of pupil behavior 717. Which of the following behavior indicates that a child has developed conventional maturity? The behavior is based on ____. a. the desire to avoid severe physical punishment by a superior authority b. personal decisions based on his satisfaction c the expectations of the group or society in general to gain approval d internalized ideals to avoid self-condemnation rather than social censure 718. If children are cooperatively engaged with the teacher in a group project the children will discipline themselves each member of the group exercises – a. obedience to the teacher b. special interest c. peer influence d. moral compulsion 719. Che-che collapsed in her Social Studies class. It was found out that she did not eat her lunch. What principle is shown in this situation? a. physiological needs b. somatotonic c. safety needs d. psychological need 720. The levels and types of abilities present in adolescence will be maintained or enhanced in adulthood depending on such factors as: A. education B. experiences C. cognitive activities D. social activities Which combination of abilities is maintained or enhanced? a. A-B-C b. A-B-C-D c. A and C

d. B-C 721. This is the stage when the learner becomes confused and starts to experience identity crises. Which of these stages is it? a. early childhood b. early adulthood c. late childhood d. adolescent 722. Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding the level of mental maturity necessary for a learner to profit from opportunities? a. it can be determined by readiness test b. it may be reached at the age of seven c. it varies from task d. it can approximately be reached at the age of five 723. Researches established that complete coordination of motor activities is attained at: a. pre-natal stage b. adolescence stage c. childhood stage d. infancy 724. Which of the following will trigger additional development if a child is exposed to more challenges and stimuli in his surroundings? a. Potentials b. Intelligence c. emotional development d. interest 725. If a resilient child with superior intelligence is reared in a poor environment the probable outcome would be___? a. mental retardation since he is cultural deprived b. mental change in IQ because he is culturally deprived c. no change in IQ because environmental deprivation has nothing to do with intelligence d. slight change in IQ although he can overcome frustration and obstacle 726. Which of the following is usually considered the most important factor in a child’s observable classroom behavior? a. intelligence b. heredity c. cultural background d. self-concept 727. A number of researchers found that the effects material employment on children’s achievement is ___. a. positive and negative b. negative c. fully established d. hardly established 728. Which developmental task is expected of the adolescent according to Havighurst? a. skilled in games b. learning to get along with age-mates c. achieving new and more mature relations with age-mates of both sexes d. getting started in an occupation 729. Mr. Esmane wants his pupils to be creative. Which of the following will REFRAIN from doing? a. develop student’s ability to recognize and analyze problems and relationships b. encourage sustained attention in an area of interest c. heighten the students sense of the unusual d. develop solely skill mastery 730. Alou dance well. She can figure out how something works or how to fix something that is broken, without asking for help. Based on Gardener’s theory of multiple intelligence what intelligence is she strong? a. musical b. kinesthetic intelligence c. logical-mathematical

d. spatial intelligence 731. Which one correctly describes the phenomenon of lately children? a. they are poorly motivated school children b. they are engaged in child labor c. they are truant school children d. they turn to empty homes after school either to sit by the television or to roam the streets 732. Moral development is early childhood is characterized by __. a. questioning rules b. acting out of conviction c. willful disobedience of rules d. acting without knowing why they do so 733. In her teaching, Ms. Breis moves from particular instances to tentative generalizations that are subjected to further verification. Ms. Breis engages herself in ___. a. deductive logic b. philosophical analysis c. inductive logic d. intuition 734. Which of the following is not a subject-centered curriculum? a. value-oriented b. subject area c. back-to-basics d. perennialist 735. Which of the following is a correct statement of emotional intelligence based on Daniel Goleman’s theory? a. emotional intelligence is giving free rein to feeling b. emotional intelligence changes less considerably than IQ through life c. emotional intelligence is being nice to people d. emotional intelligence is feeling appropriately and effectively 736. The authoritarian setting in the Filipino home is reinforced by a classroom teacher who __ a. is open to suggestions b. encourages pupils to ask questions c. ask open-ended questions d. prescribes what pupils should do 737. Which stage according to Erikson is the stage of trust and mistrust? a. entry childhood b. young childhood c. adolescence d. infancy 738 Daniel Goleman talks about emotional intelligence. Which of the following characterize a student with a high degree of emotional intelligence? a. sensitive to the points of view and feeling of others b. prodded by others c. obsessed with achieving at any cost d. unable to delay gratification 739. According to Hurlock, studies of children’s play have revealed that toy play reaches its peak during the ___. a. late childhood years b. babyhood c. early childhood years d. middle childhood years 740. Which among the following has been said to play in irreplaceable role in the education of the young? a. Home b. School c. church d. community 741. Which is NOT a characteristic of democratic discipline? a. child has opportunity to express his/her opinion b. child is given punishment is related to the misdeed

c. child understand the meaning of rules d. child obeys blindly 742. Babyhood is often referred to as a “critical period” in the development of personality because – a changes in the personality pattern take place b at this time the foundations are laid upon which the adult personality structures will built c the brain grows and develops at such an accelerated rate during babyhood d at this time the baby is exposed to many hazards both physical and psychological 743. The tendency to emphasize so much on school beautification to the detriment of pupil’s performance illustrates the ___. a. Filipino’s loves for “porma” at the expense of substance b. Filipino’s lack of seriousness c. Filipino’s sense of humor d. Filipino lack of reflection 744. Which is a danger signal of adolescent maladjustment? a prolonged treatment as children b inappropriate body-build c attraction to the opposite sex d irresponsibility as shown in neglect of studies in favor of having a good time 745. Ms. Ramos is often times frustrated. The students in her class hardly volunteer to recite and to do other learning-related tasks. This is a proof of the Filipino’s ___. a. sense of humor b. lack of resourcefulness c. lack of reflection d. passivity and lack of initiative 746. Which period in the life span of an individual is characterized by growth spurt? a. pre-natal and puberty b. early childhood c. prenatal period and early childhood d. early childhood and adolescence 747. Which of the following is not a hazard to the mastery of developmental tasks? a. inappropriate or impossible expectations b. crises when individuals pass from one stage to another c. unfavorable social judgment d. by passing of a stage of development as a result of failure to master the tasks for that stage of development 748. Which of the following statements on developmental task is wrong? a. Retirees are not expected to work on mastering certain developmental tasks b. There are essential skills expected to be acquired and mastered in each developmental stage c. The mastery of developmental tasks is a result of physical maturation, societal pressures and individuals aspiration d. Failure to master developmental tasks at a certain developmental stage has far reaching consequences in a person’s development 749. Based on Victor Lowenfield’s classification, which sequence in the developmental stages of children in art is followed? a. pre-schematic stage, schematic stage, scribbling stage, pseudo realistic stage, dawning realism stage b. pre-schematic stage, schematic stage, scribbling dawning realism stage, pseudorealistic stage c. scribbling stage, pre-schematic stage, schematic stage, pseudo realistic stage, dawning realism stage d. scribbling stage, pre-schematic stage, schematic stage, dawning realism stage, pseudo realistic stage 750. Which is a focusing thinking skill? a. summarizing b. obtaining information c. clarifying through inquiry d. identifying key concepts 751. Such physiological characteristics as the helplessness of nursery kinds, the inborn curiosity of

the primary school pupils, the social conciseness of high school students and the practical purposes of college students established that: a. the individual has certain characteristics at each level of development that makes him educable b. education is a basic need of the individual at every level of development c. education is psychologically based d. education is adjustment and adoption 752. Intelligence plays a significant role in learning. Which statement is untrue? a. the higher the intelligence, the greater the ability to learn b. the higher the intelligence, the more education is not needed c. the higher the intelligence, the more accurate man can respond d. the higher the intelligence, the faster man can adjust to his environment 753. Ms. Aura Vivian Llapitan, a Grade One teacher, has observed that her pupils respond actively to various class activities. Why are her pupils teachable? a. their economic competence makes him receptive to education b. their independence makes them more obedient c. they are more open to experience d. any of three is correct 754. In education as agent of modernization the curriculum tends to focus on well-defined orientation. Which described best the curriculum in this sociological view? a. future oriented b. past oriented c. present oriented d. tradition oriented 755. Miss Melody San Pedro, who is a firm believer of education as cultural transmission is equally interested in the following except one. Which is not a concern of education as cultural transmission? a. current social issues b. intentions or objectives c. changes in the learners behavior d. manner of making the learner function 756. Ms. Catherine Eullo, a teacher in Social Studies, strongly believes in education as agent of social and cultural change. What would be the emphasis of her lessons? a. current social issues and problems of the student’s own community b. social life of the "past” and the “far-away” c. political history of the “great” countries d. historical and geographical facts 757. The function of schooling is determined largely by the generally accepted social conception of education. What is the function of the school curriculum in a school that regards education as cultural transmission? a. to serve as a unifying element among social classes b. to serve as a boundary breaking between social classes c. to serve as an instrument to remove social status stratification d. to serve as a boundary-maintaining structure between social classes 758. Education and culture tend to be cyclical. Which of the following clearly explains this statement? a. culture is influenced by the school and the school is shaped by the culture b. culture influences the school function as a change agent c. culture is primarily transmitted by the school d. culture is learned basically from the school 759. Mary Joy brings all her books to school because she wants to please the teacher and get good grades. To which of the following levels of morality according to Kohlberg does she belongs? a. Conventional b. pre-conventional c. post-conventional d. either pre-conventional or conventional 760. Following Piaget’s Theory of Cognitive Development, Mrs. Medina provides her students varied activities that enable them to classify objects according to more than one variable, rank order

items in logical series and understanding that amounts of mass or liquid do not change because their shape does. The development tasks can be expected to be performed by ___. a. elementary school children b. high school students c. college students d. preschoolers 761. The nature-nature controversy gave rise to conflicting theories of human development. Mrs. Adora Santiago, a grade school teacher however believes that both heredity and environment interact to facilitate the total development of her pupils. Therefore, Mrs. Santiago is likely to support which of the following statements? a. intelligence is entirely heritable b. intelligence is a function of 50% heredity and 50% environment c. intelligence is more influenced by environment than hereditary factors d. intelligence can be improved by exposing a child to a stimulating environment 762. Mr. Rebancos, a high school teacher, is aware of the fact the puberty brings new feelings about the self, as well as attitude in other people who relate to the maturing child-adolescent. How may he best help his high school students develop positive attitudes towards self and others? a. orient them on the typical characteristics of adolescents b. ask them to write down their own perceptions of themselves and others c. encourage them to engage in worthwhile and productive activities d. organize a seminar on personality development among adolescents 763. Jacquelyn Mendoza does not do anything in class. She will only complete a task if you sit with her and continually tell her that what she is doing is correct. During her free time she sits at her desks starting into space. If you ask what she’d like to do she just smiles sweetly and shakes her head negatively. How would you describe Jacquelyn’s behavior? a. passive-antagonistic b. passive-dependent c. indifferent-shy d. proud-progressive 764. Learning takes place best when – a. learning exercises are focused on the right side of the brain b. learning exercises involve both sides of the brain c. learning exercises are focused on cognitive objectives d. learning exercises are focused on the left side of the brain 765. Marvin, a Grade I pupil plays with his classmates, but cannot accept defeat, Based on Piaget’s theory of cognitive development, in what developmental stage is Marvin? a. concrete operation b. sensorimotor c. formal operation d. pre-operation 766. What is the highest level of comprehension? a. critical comprehension b. critical evaluation c. integration d. literal comprehension 767. Mother equally divided the pineapple in two glasses for her two boys. One glass is short but stout; another long but thin. Both boys wanted the long but thin glass believing that it contained more. In what developmental stage are the boys? a. concrete operation b. formal operation c. sensorimotor d. pre-operational 768. “What I hear, I forget; What I see, I remember; What I do, I understand” This means that pupils learn best when they __. a. learn independently b. work with groups c. watch TV

d. takes active part in the learning process 769. Both Muslim and Christian value marriage but the Muslim practices polygamous marriage while the Christian practices monogamous marriage. What is this called? a. ethical relativism b. enculturation c. acculturation d. cultural relativism 770. Marvin, a Grade I pupil, is happy when he wins in a game but sulks when he doesn’t. Which does Marvin’s behavior indicate? a. Egotism b. Egocentrism c. rigidity of thought d. semi-logical reasoning 771. If the student is encouraged to develop himself to the fullest, which of Maslow’s hierarchy of needs should he satisfy? a. safety needs b. physiological needs c. belongingness d. self-actualization 772. A student passes a book report poorly written but ornately presented in a folder to make up for the poor quality of the book report content. Which Filipino traits does this practice prove? a. “porma” over substance b. art over academics c. substance over “porma” d. art over science 773 Extreme authoritarianism is the home reinforces learners to – a. work creatively b. depend on the others for direction c. direct themselves d. do things on their own initiative 774) A group of Filipino children served as respondent in a research conducted, the children were asked to tell what they wanted to be, if given the choice. None of them said “to be an American, to be a Japanese, to be a Korean, etc. What does this finding show? a. inferiority of other nationalities b. superiority of the Filipino c. superiority of other nationalities d. Filipino lack of a sense of national pride 775 An “I thou” relationship exists between teacher and students where there is – a. favoritism b. pretension c. respect d. prejudice 776. Which refers to the Filipino trait of practicing conflicting values in different venues and with different social groups? a. crab mentality b. willingness to take risks c. lack of foresight d. indolence 777. It is easy for children to learn language because each person as Language Acquisition Device that predispose one to acquire language. This theory is espoused by ___. a. Watson b. Gardner c. Chomsky d. Piaget 778. According to Erikson’s theory, the child aged three to five is largely ___. a. mischievous b. Egocentric

c. lazy d. altruistic 779. Students in school tend to group themselves by region of origin and think of themselves as first and above all as Visayan, Ilocano, Tagalog. This shows that Filipino are generally – a. more universalistic than particularistic b. more personal than impersonal c. more particularistic than universalistic d. more impersonal than personal 780. The information processing psychology asserts that – a. the learner is a passive receiver of stimuli b. the learner is totally conditioned by environment c. learning is purely a conditioning process d. learning is an interactive process between the learner and the environment 781. Two identical balls of clay are shown to the child. The child agrees that they are equal. Teacher changes the shape of one of the balls and asks the child whether they still contain equal amounts of clay. The child answers, “No, the longer has more.” What skill does the child lack? a. centration b. cognitive development theory c. reasoning d. conservation 782. Which theory does this demonstrate? “A young boy might observe his father’s aggressive outburst and hostile interchanges with people; when observed with his peers, the young boy’s style of interaction is highly aggressive.” a. social cognitive theory b. cognitive development theory c. operant conditioning d. classical conditioning 783. Jones is a shy student and prefers to be alone. Based on Jung’s psychological theory, under what classification does he fall? a. extrovert b. ambivert c. paranoid d. introvert 784. Which theory on development puts emphasis on the importance of sensitive period in development? a. ecological theory b. social cognitive theory c. psychoanalytic theory d. ethnological theory 785. According to the cognitive theory of human development, the primary determinant of behavior is ____. a. cognition b. unconscious thought c. heredity d. environment 786. Which may be undesirable result of the misuse of education technology on human development? a. brain-drain b. mechanical learning c. dehumanization d. knowledge explosion 787. For Freud, the primary motivation for human behavior is sexual in nature while for Erikson it is ____. a. social b. cultural c. physical d. biological 788. Based on Freud’s psychoanalytic theory which component(s) of personality is (are) concerned with

a sense of right and wrong? a. super-ego b. super-ego and ego c. id d. ego 789. Which conception of age is wrong? a. chronological age is different from biological and psychological age b. chronological age , biological age, psychological and social age are related c. psychological age and social are two different things d. chronological age is the same as biological and psychological age 790. As humans we walk at about one year, engage in fantasy play as a young child, and become more independent as a youth. What does this prove? Each of us develops partly – a. like no other individuals b. like no other individuals, like some other individuals, like all other individuals c. like all other individuals d. like some other individuals 791. In Piaget’s theory an individual’s adjustment to new information is called ___. a. organization b. accommodation c. assimilation d. adaptation 792. The psychoanalytic theorists believe the following EXCEPT a. development is not in any way colored of emotion b. we analyze the symbolic meaning of behavior not focus on the behavior c. early experience with parents extensively shape our development d. we have to analyze the inner workings of the mind to understand behavior 793. Which teacher’s attitude best reflects his/her understanding of development as a product of maturation? a. patience when dealing with the slower ones b. creativity with the classroom strategies or task c. fairness when giving grades or school marks d. cheerfulness and enthusiasm when discussing 794. Which one is Piaget’s and Erikson’s thought about children’s play? a. contributes to the child’s mastery of his physical and social environment b. makes a child’s life so enjoyable that he will tend to hate school life later c. prepares a child for an excellent academic performance in formal schooling d. develops in the child a highly competitive attitude because of the nature of play 795. Miss Beth Burbon, a preschool teacher sees to it that the children are given opportunity to explore and work on different materials so that they will develop initiative and not guilt. She is guided by the theory of – a.Maslow b.Kohlberg c. Gardner d. Erikson 796. Which of these statements true about the development of super ego according to psychoanalytic theory? a. it is present at birth b. it begins to develop during the first 2 years of life c. it begins to develop during the fifth to sixth year of life d. it begins to develop at puberty e. it begins to develop in late adolescence 797. Sigmund Freud maintained that nervous are primarily a result of: a. overly severe toilet training b. inappropriate identification c. primary process d. inadequate super ego development e. sexual disturbances 798. Which of these indicates the flow of free association as minted by Sigmund Freud? a. reaction formation b. resistance c. repression d. Para praxis e. the pleasure principle

799. According to current research, a daughter is most likely to have traditional vocational aspirations if she has a: a. non-working mother b. working mother c. mother in a traditionally masculine occupations d. working father e. high occupational status father 800. Sequential studies of human development suggest that the growth of intelligence may continue through: a. late adolescence b. early childhood c. middle adulthood d. late adulthood e. old age 801. In the theory developed by Jean Piaget, the first unit to appear in cognitive development is: a. language b. schema c. concept d. rule e. image 802. According to Freud, children pass through all of these psycho-sexual stages of development EXCEPT the: a. oral b. anal c. phallic d. autoerotic e. genital 803. A prominent “embracing” response that can elicited in a newborn infant by a sudden change in the head position is called the: a. sign of Babinski b. startle allows reflex c. convulsive reflex d. infant carry response e. primate hug 804. In comparing health behavior of younger and older people, older people report all these EXCEPT: a. more symptoms b. less positive health status c. more vulnerability to health threats d. decline in regular physical activity e. improvement of eating habits 805. In Rene Spitz’s classic study of sensory deprivation, he found all of these to be true EXCEPT that: a. social interaction with other human is essential in infant development b. in the first 4 months, infants in the fondling home (having less contact with other people) scored better on several developmental indices than those in the nursing home (where others visited) c. by 1 year, fondling home infants had fallen far below those in the nursing home on developmental indices d. after 1 or 3 years, most infants in the fondling home could not walk or talk e. children in the nursing home had a higher incidence of infection that those in the fondling home because of many social contacts 806. The complex symptoms characterizes of children who are deprived of their mother or of a mother substitute during infancy and often extending into the first year of life is known as: a. stranger anxiety b. anxiety neurosis c. autism d. childhood hizophrenia e. alacrities depression 807. Which of the following concludes the processes that allow a child to move from one stage of development to the next in Piaget’s theory of child development?

a. reinforcement b. equilibrium c. assimilation d. accommodation e. equilibration 808. Which of these variables affects the phenomenon of parent-child bonding as proposed by Kenell and Klaus? a. infants’ language development b. infants’ cognitive development c. amount of crying done by infant d. length of breastfeeding e. all of these 809. Major obstacles for children in creative solving of problems include: a. failure to understand or grasp the problem b. forgetting certain aspects of a problem c. fear of failure d. insufficient knowledge e. all of these 810. Which of the following are major health problems in adolescents? a. have a genetic bases b. have a sexual bases c. involve sensory deficits d. are self-inflicted e. involve bacterial and viral infections 811. College students are considered to be at risk for AIDS because of: a. frequent sexual contact b. a sense of vulnerability c. the belief that only homosexual and drug users gets AIDS d. the belief that educated people are not apt to get AIDS e. all of the above mentioned 812. Harry Harlow’s work with inanimate surrogate mothers for children suggests that the early experience is critical to the ultimate development of “love” is: a. positive reinforcement b. be protected from danger c. contact comfort d. need reduction by nursing e. maternal stimulation 813. Emotional expression involving a stereotyped sequence of fixed action patterns include: a. smiling b. know flush response c. startle response d. apprehension e. aching 814. An assessment of personality, normative and objective method refers to: a. used of “ink blot” techniques b. sophisticated technique for measuring the accuracy of a persons perception pf reality c. predictions of behavior on the basis of intensive interviewing d. predictions of behavior on the basis of data from personality tests e. a way of reality evaluating personality rather than of simply assessing how a person behaves 815. In Erickson’s Theory, self-esteem tend to be positively influenced by: a. opportunities for favorable social comparison b. association with persons possessing a higher sense of self-worth c. feedback of success and failures d. sympathetic explanations of continuous negative feedback or comparisons e. all of these 816. According to Freud, the superego contains the: a. conscience b. pleasure principle c. ego ideal d. reality principle e. all of these

817. In Carl Roger’s personality theory, the essential components of a psychotherapeutic process involves: a. therapist unconditional positive regard b. a therapist empathy on the child c. reflection of the child’s feelings d. interpretation of unconscious process e. all of these 818. Which of these personality theorists strongly emphasized the importance of unconscious determinants? a. Shiner b. Murray c. Kevin d. Freud e. Piaget 819. Erickson views the stage of young adulthood as being best described by a crisis of: a. trust versus mistrust b. intimacy versus isolation c. identity versus role confusion d. initiative versus guilt e. autonomy versus dependence 820. The environmental factor with the most under used potential for developing cognitive and interpersonal competence in children is the: a. school b. family setting c. community mental health center d. health care system e. child welfare agency 821. All of these research findings on adult development are true EXCEPT that: a. significant development changes continue to occur throughout adulthood b. as people age, there is an increasing range of differences between individuals c. changes in adult occur in all areas of development (cognitive, physical, and social personal) d. adult cognitive changes may show quantitative reduction on an ability test, but a qualitative acquisition of a different form of intelligence e. just as is the case in childhood and adolescence, there are predominant and universal development stages in adulthood f. all of these 822. Which of these reflected Erickson’s Theory of life cycle and growth of the ego? a. sexual device is crucial in determining the development of sense of identity b. ego maturation is genetically predetermined, cultural influences are of minor importance c. there are eight stages characterized by crisis whose satisfactory resolution is essential d. phases of development are characterized in turn by aggressive, affective, achievement, nurturance and power motives e. people are burdened with too many ego function 823. Institutionalization during infancy often involves all these consequences EXCEPT: a. poor linguistic organization during early childhood b. deficits in concept formation and abstract thinking c. later impairment of motor skills d. analytic depression e. abnormal behavioral patterns 824) The most rapid increasing rate of mortality is found in: a. infancy b. childhood c. adolescence d. middle age e. old age 825. Stages in the child’s normal development of speech are characterized by all of these statements EXCEPT that: a. between 1 and 6 months, infants invent new noises and experiment with them b. infants 4 to 5 months old will repeat sounds they hear c. infants between 12 and 18 months will intentionally use a word appropriate to the situation d. between 24 and 36 months, infants use 200 to 300 words in phrases and two and two word sentences e. by 48 months of age, the child should have a vocabulary of about 1500 words

826. Research findings on early gender-role identification and behavior show that all these statements are true EXCEPT that: a. gender-related differences in play behavior are evident as early as 13 months b. males are generally more aggressive in their play and problem-solving activities than are females c. children who experience gender reassignment after the age of 2 are considered to be highrisk candidates for psychological disorders d. children between 3 and 4 years of age are able to make gender-appropriate choices to western stereotypes e. females 3 to 5 years old appear to be more concerned about gender-appropriate play a activities than are males of similar age 827. Which of these statements about the development of moral standards during the childhood is true? a. only at puberty do a child’s moral standards become independent of external rewards and punishments b. the development of guilt as a reaction to transgressions is fostered by parental warmth c. children of 11 or 12 years of age are more likely to make inflexible, absolute moral judgments than those 7 or 8 years of age d. older children are likely than younger children to judge behavior as right or wrong in terms of its reinforcement outcome e. the development of moral reasoning is independent of general intellectual maturation 828) Compared with pregnant women aged 20-25, pregnant adolescence are apt to: a. experience parental pressure to restrict food intake b. inadequate parental care c. higher rates of infant mortality d. higher rates of birth defects and mental retardation e. all of these f. none of these 829. In comparing overweight adolescent boys and girls, girls are among apt to: a. experience parental pressure to restrict food intake b. eat in response to negative and positive mood c. be blamed by their parents for weight mood d. interpret presence of other people as a sign signal for eating e. all of these f. none of these 830. Children develop identification with a parent as a result of: a. perception of similarities, physical and behavioral b. imitation of parental mannerisms c. communication from others concerning similarities d. attractiveness of the parent e. all of these f. none of these 831) Which of these patterns show cognitive skills of early childhood? a. at 18 months, a child begins to follow simple one-part directions, begins many questions with “what”, imitates people in his or her environment, and infers causes from observing effects b. at 2 years, the child begins to learn about time sequences, matches simple shapes and sizes, attempts new solutions to old problems, and may arrange several words in grammatically incorrect sentences c. at 3 years, the child asks many “why” questions talks in sentences using four or more words, can give his first and last name, and may talk about his fears d. at 4 years, the child may begin many questions with “how”, knows the days of the week and can follow a three-step direction in proper order e. all of these 832. Which of these characterize language development is childhood? a. infants 15 to 20 weeks of age use different patterns of vocalization to identify discomforts such hunger, fright and pain b. most children master all consonant sounds by the age of 3 to 3 ½ years c. the first words spoken are usually nouns d. vowels emerge in hierarchical order between ages 3 to 7 years e. all of these 833. Biological changes in the adolescent years include: a. a growth spurt for girls with peak velocity at 14 years of age b. menarche at anytime between 10 to 16 ½ years of age; the average now is under 13 years of age

c. a growth spurt for boys with peak velocity at 12 years of age d. growth of testes beginning as early as age of 9 ½ or a late age of 13 ½ and ending at anytime between ages 13 ½ and 17 years e. all of these 834. This is a true statement regarding childhood dreams. a. they start when the child is able to talk b. they are experienced as pleasant more often as a preschooler grows older c. they increase in frequency as child approaches the age of 5 d. they are frightened of nightmare at a relatively age from 3 to 4 years e. all of these 835) Concepts of death and pain at various stages of the child development include that: a. between birth and 2 years of age, separation is more apt to be experienced as synonymous with death b. children 3 or 4 years of age believe that a toy feels pain when it is broken c. children 5 to 6 years old fantasize that the dead person continues to experience emotion and biological function in the grave d. children 7 to 9 years of age realize the inevitability of death for all living things, no longer fell responsible for the death of others, and yet feel that death can be avoided e. all of these 836. Significant changes in physiological and cognitive functioning develop with age. Studies of aging show that: a. intra-individually variability is decreased with aging b. there is more age-related decline found in longitudinal methods than in cross-sectional methods c. inter-individual variability is decreased with aging d. life style and experience play a major in retention of various cognitive functions e. all of these 837. A Sigmund Freud, an Austrian physician is credited for originating or popularizing the following: a. the unconscious mind b. the classic psychoanalytic “couch” technique of retracting past experience c. the early childhood as the origin of emotional disorders d. the id ego and super ego e. all of these 838. Both sexes if preschoolers are said to place a great value on the penis, with boys treasuring their sex organ and fearing some injury to it or attack upon it by hostile others. It develops into a: a. castration anxiety b. penis envy c. libido d. electra complex e. oedipus complex 839. A person who engenders intolerable amounts of hostility may become the object of excessive affection. This is a defense mechanism called: a. displacement b. reaction formation c. identification d. repression e. suppression 840. In Erickson’s theory, toddler phase constitutes the period in which the child must establish a sense of: a. basic trust b. autonomy c. initiative d. industry e. identity 841. A child entering a school age period, finds his abilities wanting and discouraged in his development of industriousness. He may conceptualize himself as: a. guilty b. mistrusting c. inadequate and inferior d. role confusion e. shame and doubt

842. An infant at 7 months may have his psychomotor skills like: a. uncoordinated movements of the and arm begin to progress to definite reaching and grasping b. when being pulled to a sitting position, the child may attempt to stand c. smiles and laugh aloud often, responding to stimulation from familiar children and adults d. he may wish to use a spoon while feeding himself e. all of these f. none of these 843. An angry, frustrated toddler in the midst of tantrum cannot be effectively dealt with by reasoning or threats. The wisest approach in dealing with the situation is: a. promising to give the desired object as soon as possible b. providing an activity other than the desired object c. attracting him with another object d. ignoring his behavior, reduced external stimulation, remove any objects which might prove injurious e. playing with him music and dance 844. Which of the following situations do children learn language skills? a. through the spoken word b. by imitating sound c. by trials of using words appropriately d. all of these 845. Children who consequently test low in verbal development are usually those who: a. receive little verbal instruction and socially and economically deprived b. receive a noisy verbal communication c. frequently receive non-verbal gestures d. have a family that interacts most of the time e. live in air environment with spiritually inclined neighbor 846. A child learning to undress sees the activity as: a. accomplishment b. punishment c. means to attract one’s attention d. a practice to one’s sexual curiosity e. a self of self-encouragement 847. What is the correct sequence of motor activity that belongs to 4-year-old children? 1. throws ball overhand 2. cuts out one’s attention 3. builds five-block gate from model 4. copies square 5. hits nail head with hammer a. 1, 2, 3, 4 b. 2, 3, 4, 5 c. 1, 3, 4, 5 d. 1, 2, 3, 5 e. 1, 2, 4, 5 848. A 5 year old child’s verbal abilities include all these EXCEPT it: a. uses adult speech forms b. finds speech more important in peer relationships c. repeats six-syllable sentences d. participates in conversation without monopolizing it e. talks constantly 849. A 5 year old child in Erickson’s stage of initiative vs. guilt shows that he/she: a. has dream and nightmares b. is serious about self and abilities c. is less rebellious d. accepts responsibility for facts e. all of these 850. These are all the guidelines helpful to parents and other adults in relating to young children EXCEPT: a. discipline should be motivated by love and should have as its objective the child’s long range best interest b. discipline should be consistent c. the child should know why is being disciplined and should be helped to identify acceptable alternatives to his misbehavior

d. discipline should NOT be limited to hazardous activities affecting the physical, emotional, or social well-being of the child e. ineffective measures should be corrected 851. The essential foundation that must be established in the therapeutic relationship is: a. trust b. confidence c. change d. relation e. love 852. A Freudian Slip, wherein one’s true but hidden feelings or thoughts are revealed by the child is an example of what coping mechanisms: a. regression b. repression c. resistance d. relation e. reworking 853. Which of these factors is considered a risk factor for childhood disorder? a. intact family b. genetic vulnerability c. social support d. age e. social class 854. What are the most important skills one must have when working with adolescent in the classroom? a. denial of personal limitations b. flexibility with predictability c. serious attitude d. ability to challenge e. calmness with respect 855. Paul 12 years has been addicted to prohibited drugs for 2 years now. What is the best intervention or management control effective in working with substance abuse people? a. firm and directive b. installation of values c. helpful and advisory d. subjective and nonjudgmental e. compassionate and tender 856. You encountered an 11 year old drug user who is incoherent, giddy and euphoric. You had noted irritation of the eyes, nose and mouth and susect inhalation abuse. Which sign is most indicative of inhalant abuse? a. vomiting b. bad breath c. “bad trip” d. sudden fear e. sweating 857. Nora 10 years old is undergoing obsessive compulsive behavior and 5 to times wash her hand in an hour’s time. The patient will not be able to stop her compulsive washing routines until she: a. acquires more super ego strength b. recognizes the behavior is unrealistic c. no longer needs the manage her feelings of anxiety d. regains contact of reality e. realizes that hand washing need to be frequent 858 Nora was diagnosed with personality disorder with compulsive traits. Of the following behaviors, which one could you expect Nora to exhibit or manifest? a. inability to make decisions b. spontaneous playfulness c. inability to alter plans d. insistence that things be done her way e. inability to achieve anything

859. Lyn, 14 years old is assessed of amenorrhea, constipation, and slow heartbeat. She expresses a distorted body image and fear of being fat. These are signs and symptoms of: a. Cushing syndrome b. conversion disorder c. anorexia nervosa d. bulimic syndrome e. anxiety state 860. When family is participating in the therapy, what is the priority issue that must be confronted resolved? a. abuse b. finances c. control d. divorce e. family 861. Linda just turns 12 years old and sexually abused. Linda’s parents have already reported the matter to the police and initial investigation showed rape. She was interrogated but didn’t respond. The rape victim didn’t talk, is withdrawn and depressed. The defense mechanism being used is: a. rationalization b. denial c. repression d. regression e. depression 862. Three-year old Angela has a story of being securely attached to her mother. It most likely that Angela is: a. unusually intelligent b. easily frustrated and irritable when her mother is absent c. preoccupied with maintaining close physical contact with her mother d. outgoing and successful in her interactions with other children e. all of these 863 Marly is a sensitive, responsive parent who consistently satisfies the needs of Sara, her infant daughter. According to Erickson, Sara is likely to: a. from a life long attitude of basic trust toward the word b. encounter some difficulty in overcoming the limitation of egocentrism c. encounter some difficulty in forming an attachment to her father d. achieve formal operational intelligence more quickly than the average child e. all of these 864. The Albertson’s establish and enforce rules for the children to follow. They give reasons for the rules and invite their teenagers to join the discussion when new rules are being made. Psychologists would characterize the Albertson’s as _____ parents. a. authoritarian b. egocentric c. rejecting-neglecting d. democratic e. permissive 865. Gilbert notices that his sausage is sliced into six pieces, whereas his brother’s is sliced into nine pieces. He understands, however, that his brother’s sausage is not actually any larger than his own. This indicates that Gilbert has by now reached the _____ stage of development. a. formal operational b. sensorimotor c. concrete operational d. preoccupation 866. Dr. Wong believes that children who are not responsive to parenting during the first 2 months of life will never develop basic trust toward the world. Obviously, Dr. Wong believes that this period is a(n) _____ for learning basic trust. a. developmental crisis b. operational stage c. critical stage d. sensorimotor stage e. maturational span

867. Carol is stressed because post-child-birth complications prevented her from being in close physical contact with her child during its first few hours. Carol should be told that: a. infants should be left physically undisturbed during the first few hours of life so they can rest b. physical contact with her infant immediately after birth would not contribute to the development of mother-infant attachment c. human infants do not have well-defined critical periods for the formation of a mother infant attachment d. as long as she can breed-fed her baby, no lasting damage will be done 868. Instead of happily exploring the attractive toys located in the pediatrician’s waiting room, little Sara tenaciously clings to her mother’s skirt. Sara most clearly shows signs of: a. habituation b. egocentrism c. insecure attachment d. plasticity 869. In an unfamiliar but pleasing setting, infants with an insecure attachment to their mothers are likely to: a. quickly leave their mother’s side and explore their surroundings b. show little distress when their mothers physically leave them alone in the strange setting c. show indifference or hostility toward their mothers when they return after a period of absence d. demonstrate unusually low levels of stranger anxiety e. form a life-long attitude of basic trust toward the word 870. Four-year old Lynnae is usually timid and fearful, where her 3-year old sister is typically relaxed and fearless. The two sisters are most striking different in: a. maturation b. temperament c. egocentrism d. accommodation e. assimilation 871. The quantitative or measurements is: a. physical development b. physical growth c. social growth d. development e. replication

measurable

aspect

of

an

individual’s

increase

in

physical

872. The qualitative or behavioral aspects of progressive adaptation to the environment is: a. physical development b. physical growth c. social growth d. development e. replication 873. The process of becoming fully developed and grown is: a. aging b. maturation c. replication d. progression e. regression 874. The following are measurable growth indicators, EXCEPT: a. height b. weight c. skeletal growth d. sexual age 875. Which of the following is an indicator of development and growth? a. the infant relinquishes crawling for walking b. height capacity for growth c. weight increase in adulthood d. sexual age in aging e. sexual growth for maturation 876. Which of the following tasks belongs to the fine motor development?

a. lifts head and chest while prone b. sits with support c. grasps and briefly hold objects and task them to mouth d. rolls over e. stands alone 877. Growth and development are influenced by the following forces of the family, EXCEPT: a. peers b. life expectancy c. environmental elements d. life experience e. one’s mental capacity 878. The correct directions of human growth is: 1. cephalo-caudal 3. disto-proximal 2. caudo-cephalo 4. proximo-distal a. 1, 2 b. 1, 3 c. 2, 4 d. 1, 4 e. 2, 3 879. The theorist who believes that each stage of development has a personality crisis in involving a major conflict that is critical at the time is: a. Piaget b. Maslow c. Dunn d. Freud e. Erickson 880. The theorist who view that the development of the mind as occurring thru adaptation to the environment via assimilation and accommodation: a. Piaget b. Maslow c. Dunn d. Freud e. Erickson 881. Learning process associated with a particular stage of development often are referred to as “developmental tasks.’ A characteristic of development task is that: a. there is no specific uniform time for learning a task b. tasks are learned at the same age in children c. tasks occur with predictable rhythm d. most development task are learned by school age e. if follows a pattern 882. The school nurse discusses the eating habits of school-age children explaining to the parents that these habits are most influenced by: a. food preferences of their peers b. the smell and the appearance of the food offered to them c. the atmosphere and examples provided by parents at mealtimes d. parents encouraging their children to eat nutritious foods e. availability of foods 883. The school nurse discusses adolescent behavior with the parents explaining that according to Erickson, the central problem of adolescence is establishing a sense of: a. identity b. industry c. intimacy d. initiative e. autonomy 884.Which of the following statements would be best for the school nurse to use when describing the onset of adolescence in boys and girls? a. girls and boys experience the onset of adolescence at approximately the same age b. boys experience the onset of adolescence 1 to 2 years earlier than girls c. girls experience the onset of adolescence approximately 1 to 2 years earlier than boys d. boys experience the onset of adolescence 3 to 4 years later than girls e. girls experience the inset of adolescence 3 to 4 years later than boys

885. This is the point of view held by Wundt and Titchener that experience or mental states are made of sensations, images, or ideas, and feelings as well as analysis of these elements, their attributes and the combinations. a. structuralism b. functionalism c. behaviorism d. gestalt psychology e. purposive psychology 886. The conception of experience at any given moment is determined by the totality of its related phases, which constitute an integrated pattern or configurations. a. structuralism b. functionalism c. behaviorism d. gestalt psychology e. purposive psychology 887. The stimulus-response theory believes every stimulus creates a response where activities can be measured objectively. a. structuralism b. functionalism c. behaviorism d. gestalt psychology e. purposive psychology 888. Mental processes are functions or operations of the organism in its adaptation to and modification of its environment. a. structuralism b. functionalism c. behaviorism d. gestalt psychology e. purposive psychology 889. These are inborn automatic response to simple localizes stimulation involving particular muscles and parts of the body. a. temperament or emotion b. capacities and special aptitudes c. drives, needs, wants, urges d. reflexes e. personality f. motivation 890. “Acquisition of knowledge, facts, information, ideas and concepts.” a. law of learning b. cognitive learning c. manipulative dexterity d. gestalt theory e. law of readiness 891. “Involves the use of muscles and bodily movements.” a. psychomotor learning b. cognitive learning c. motor learning d. law of exercise 892. “Involves the accurate and precise use of hands and feed in handling gadgets, machines , tools and equipment.” a. law of learning b. aesthetic learning c. manipulative dexterity e. law of readiness 893. “Performing a series of solutions to a problem until the right one is found.” a. structuralism b. functionalism c. trial and error d. gestalt psychology

894. Establishing the relationship between words and objects, between principles and situations, and between ides and things. a. associative of learning b. aesthetic learning c. connectionism theory d. gestalt theory 895. “Overcoming or removing difficulty to attain a goal.” a. associative learning b. theory of generalization c. law of effect d. cognitive learning 896. “Formation of values, attitudes, appreciation and judgments.” a. associative of learning b. aesthetic learning c. connectionism theory d. gestalt theory e. law of readiness 897. “Coordinating the movements or reflexes of the different parts of the body to attain the desired performance of an activity.” a. Psychomotor learning b. aesthetic learning c. bodily movement coordination d. motor learning g 898. “Appreciation of the good and beautiful and abhorrence of the bad.” a. associative of learning b. aesthetic learning c. connectionism theory d. gestalt theory 899. “Development by reading and studying that enriches knowledge.” a. associative of learning b. aesthetic learning c. connectionism theory d. Thorndike’s connectionism theory 900. “Learning based on association between stimuli and responses.” a. associative of learning b. aesthetic learning c. connectionism theory d. law of readiness 901. “Going at once into water to learn how to swim.” a. associative of learning b. aesthetic learning c. connectionism theory d. law of readiness 902. “When an organism is ready to act, action is satisfying, inaction is annoying.” a. associative of learning b. aesthetic learning c. connectionism theory d. gestalt theory e. law of readiness 903. “Learning is strengthened if it gives satisfaction to the leaner.” a. associative of learning b. cognitive learning c. connectionism theory d. law of effect e. law of readiness 904. “The more a connection is repeated, drilled upon or reviewed, the stronger it becomes.” a. associative of learning b. cognitive learning c. connectionism theory d. law of effect e. law of readiness

905. “The dog, upon the ringing of a bell, salivates whether food is presented or not.” a. associative of learning b. classical conditioning theory c. connectionism theory d. law of effect e. law of readiness 906. An individual tends to repeat a rewarding behavior or situation and avoid unpleasant ones.” a. operant conditioning theory b. classical conditioning theory c. connectionism theory d. law of effect e. law of readiness 907. Use of insight and understanding in learning.” a. associative of learning b. classical conditioning theory c. connectionism theory d. law of readiness e. none of these 908. The behavior of the individual is the result of the interaction between internal forces (individual’s traits) and external forces (environment). a. theory of generalization b. classical conditioning theory c. connectionism theory d. theory of configuration e. none of these 909. “Learning, involves acquisition, transformation and evaluation.” a. theory of generalization b. classical conditioning theory c. connectionism theory d. theory of configuration e. none of these 910. “Similar to the Gestalt theory, this refers to the unified or total pattern of organization of a learning situation so that the components lose their identity." a. theory of generalization b. classical conditioning theory c. connectionism theory d. theory of configuration e. law of readiness 911. “Experiences in one situation can be applied in another learning situation.” a. theory of generalization b. classical conditioning theory c. connectionism theory d. theory of configuration e. law of readiness 912. “Learning with reflex action.” a. theory of generalization c. congenital theory d. theory of configuration e. law of readiness 913. “Braille reading as form of learning.” a. associative of learning b. aesthetic learning c. sensory learning d. gestalt theory e. law of readiness 914. Learning how to write a story or a novel.” a. Psychomotor learning b. aesthetic learning c. bodily movement coordination d. motor learning e. law of readiness

915. Furnishes explanations of mental and emotional maladjustments in terms of the inability of the individual to satisfy his own desires and emphasizes the values of mental and emotional therapy as cure for emotional cases or problems. a. temperament or emotion b. capacities and special aptitudes c. drives, needs, wants, urges d. reflexes e. personality f. motivation 916. Which of the philosophical position could plausibly be taken to support the practice of allowing students to choose their own educational goals and experiences? a. Positivism b. Existentialism c. essentialism d. realism e. perenialism 917. The most important educational contribution made by the primitive people who influence our modern societies was their _____. a. initiation ceremonies and animism b. crude sciences c. vocational education d. religion and philosophies e. vocational education 918. Education during this period was essentially intellectual discipline based on rational arguments. These points to ___. a. feudalistic education b. saracenic education c. scholastic education d. monastic education 919. The Athenian ideal of education was the formation of a cultural soul in a graceful and symmetrical body. This is achieved by ____. a. using the seven liberal arts b. putting the emphasis on physical education c. a well balanced development of mind, body and soul d. adopting the philosophy “Know thyself” 920. Which of the following illustrates the Christian perspective of democracy in education? a. education controlled by the government b. education subsidized by the government c. education of all human beings without distinction of race, social economic or political status or the like d. equal opportunities of educating men and women 921. This 18th century doctrine advocates for education in accordance with nature. Educator who holds this view stressed that in learning the child should be ____. a. naturally disciplined for him to concentrate more b. allowed to develop according to his own inner impulses and inclinations c. subjected to a specific regimen or training d. trained in accordance with the standards set by the teacher 922. In the history of educational system, including that of the Philippines, which system was first and has remained a partner of other system of education? a. Formal b. Informal c. pre-school d. non-formal 923. If a ruler wants to maintain himself in power he must govern by moral power. Upon whose teaching is this based? a. Kung-fu-tzu b. Lao Tzu c. Buddha d. Mohammad 924. Which of the following ways of life refer to Taoism? a. practice an all embracing love b. practice the golden rule c. love one another

d. be natural 925. According to Confucius, what is the best way to rule a people and attain harmony? a. by allowing people to do as they please b. by consulting the governed c. by force d. by moral example 926. The cultivation of reflective and meditative skills in teaching is an influence of – a. Confucianism b. Taoism c. Shintoism d. Zen Buddhism 927. Confucius asserted that in teaching there should be no distinction of classes. Confucius’s teaching is in support of – a. moral recovery program b. back-to-basics c. education for all d. values education 928. The emphasis is given on respect and care for the aged in Value Education classes goes along with teaching of an Oriental philosopher by the name of __ a. Hsun tsu b. Mo tsu c. Kung-fu-tsu d. Lao tsu 929. The current emphasis on the development of critical thinking by the use of philosophic methods that emphasize debate and discussion began with ___ a. Confucius b. Socrates c. Aristotle d. Plato 930. The inclusion of Logic in the curriculum is perhaps an influence of the importance of logic that ____ stressed. a. St. Agustine b. The Humanists c. The Hedonists d. The Scholastics 931. Spiritual training disciplines both mind and body. The individual soul is part of his absolute soul. These thoughts from part of ____ philosophy. a. Greek b. Chinese c. Hebrew d. Hindu 932. The law of karma, what you sow you reap, are words often said when Filipinos attempt to explain a misfortune perceived to be rightly deserved by someone. This originated from the __ a. Hebrews b. Hindus c. Greeks d. Chinese 933. The commonly used question-and-answer method that includes debate and discussion is in consonance with the method of ___ a. Confucius b. Plato c. Aristotle d. Socrates 934. To occupy a government position, one had to pass an examination of Confucian thought. From whom did this influence come? a. Hebrews b. Chinese c. Hindus d. Greeks 935. Ancient Chinese education consisted of:

a. mastery of numerous technically alphabet and languages b. memorization and exact imitation of the works of Confucius mastery of mathematics and sciences c. A & B answers d. None of these 936. Education in ancient India was based on their caste system, which means: a. all people were free to get education b. education was reserved for the upper class Brahman c. education was informal d. education for the men only e. all people shall go to heaven 937. There is similarity between the Hindu-philosophy and Christian religion in the sense that: a. Both Hindus and Christians aim for unity, harmony, eternal peace and enjoyment b. Both Hindus and Christians believe in the same God c. Both Hindus and Christians emphasized religion and morality d. A & C answers e. None of these 938. Which of the following describes education in ancient Egypt? a. Parable, conversational method was used b. Apprenticeship method was used in teaching skills c. Vocational training, embalming, astronomy, mathematics were taught in the temples d. B & C answers e. None of these 939. Ancient China’s educational practice is comparable to the present practice in Philippines bureaucracy as: a. Analects of Confucius are taught in schools b. Every examination that an individual passed has a corresponding decoration in dresses, in household as well. c. Passing civil service exam is a requirement for employment d. Passing government examination is useless 940. Egyptian’s ancient picture – writing system is known as____. a. Papyrus b. Hieroglyphics c. scriba d. palaestra e. paedotribe 941. Ancient Jewish education is associated with _____. a. synagogues temple schools b. bible and the Talmud c. religious education by Rabbis – who were teacher priest d. all of these e. none of these 942. Ancient Greek’s liberal education was intended for _____. a. religious and moral purposes b. physical development c. moral-spiritual development d. development of well-rounded personality e. intellectual development 943. Aside from the liberal and democratic education, Greek’s contributions to the world include: a. Olympics games b. mythology c. democracy, philosophy d. all of these 944. Greeks’ first Olympic games were held to honor ____. a. king or rulers b. gods and goddesses c. athletes’ d. philosophers and scientists e. dead ancestors 945. Which of the following describes the Greek City of Sparta? a. authoritarian government b. military city state, military academy

c. at birth, the child is taken cared by the mother but at the age of seven he is turned over the paidonomous d. all of the above e. none of the above 946. Which of the following describes the Greek City of Athens? a. liberal education b. freedom of thoughts, expression and religion c. education was a family responsibility, every male child is given a pedagogues or a tutor for good and responsible citizen d. all of these e. none of these 947. The modern Greek scholars who wandered from place to place and taught lesson for a free were known as ____. a. Kitharist b. Sophists c. Grammatists d. Philosophers e. Solon 948. Which of the following does not belong to Ancient Athenian schools? a. palaestra – gymnastic school b. paedotribe – teacher of gymnasts c. music school, kitharist – music teacher, grammar school, grammatists – teacher of letters d. all of these e. none of these 949. Greek’s Homeric ideal was the Man of Action typified by _____. a. Achilles b. Odysseus c. Pericles d. Zeus e. Hercules 950. Plato proposed that the society should be divided into classes of people based on their talents and intelligence. Who should be the guardians or rulers of the society? a. Philosophical class b. Warrior class c. Artesian or Industrial class d. mathematics, science class e. god and goddesses 951. The school established by Plato was known as ______. a. Lyceum b. University of Alexandria c. Academy d. University of Athens e. University of Sparta 952. Greek university of Alexandria had excellent products like Euclid in the field of geometry, in the filed of physics they produced. a. Archimedes b. Erasthosthenes c. Demonsthenes d. Herodutos e. Cicero 953. Which of the following is not a contribution by the Romans? a. Latin Language b. The Laws of the Twelve Tables c. The Roman Senate d. Christianity e. None of these 954. Music, arts, painting, sculpture and others are often by modern societies as ____. a. social science b. humanities c. behavioral science d. fine arts e. veritas

955. The difference between the ancient Greek Athenians and Spartans was the fact that ____. a. Athenians emphasized physical and military warfare, while the Spartans focused more on music, arts, philosophy and poetry. b. Athenians emphasized music, arts, and philosophy while Spartans were on physical fitness, discipline and military warfare. c. Athenians emphasized freedom, while Spartans were totalitarian, socialistic in nature. d. B & C answers 956. Roman education focused more attention on: a. Practical education, emphasizing the study of orator, rhetoric, laws, government b. Respect for parents, military training using the biography methods c. Christianity d. All of these 957. Which of the following is not a Roman school? a. Elementary-school of the literature or Ludi Magister b. Secondary-school of the Grammaticus or Literatus c. Higher education or rhetoric schools d. All of these 958. The Roman father’s right over his children was known as: a. patria protestas b. manus c. potestas dominica d. dominica e. familias reglas 959. The greatest Roman orator who rose to power. a. Quintilian b. Seneca c. Cicero d. Augustus Caesar e. Julius Caesar 960. Christianity became official religion of the Roman empire by successive decree issued by the Emperor. a. Nero b. Constantine c. Augustus Caesar d. Julius Caesar e. Pompeii 961. “For many are called but few are chosen: is the Christ’s teaching method called ____. a. Parable method b. Proverbial or gnomic method c. Conversional method d. Dialectic method e. Divine method 962. A school called _ provided early Christian education for few converts. a. Catechumenal b. Catechetical c. Cathedral d. Episcopal e. cosmopolitan 963. Which of the following describes medieval period, middle age or Dark Age? a. Refers to the span of time from the downfall of the Roman Empire in the year A. D. 476 to the beginning of the Renaissance period about 1333. b. Religious education was strict, rigid and punishment was severe. c. Religious education included logic, philosophy and brings reason to faith. d. All of these 964. Which of the following describes monasticism? a. organization characterized by strict observance of the rules of poverty, chastity and obedience. b. Monks spent their lives in working, studying and praying. c. Manual labor was emphasized as indolence was termed the enemy of the soul. d. All of these 965. Monastic rules were formulated by ____. a. St. Augustine b. St. Benedict

c. St. Peter d. St. Thomas Aquinas e. St. John 966. The Seven Liberal Arts as literary heritage of monasticism exclude ____. a. Plato’s trivium of grammar, rhetoric, and dialectic b. Quadrivium of arithmetic, geometry music and astronomy c. Ecclesiastical control in the study of Seven Liberal Arts d. All of these 967. Which of the following describes Scholasticism? a. education was an intellectual discipline b. the purpose of the movement was to bring reason to faith and support theology by using logic c. truths scholastic claimed possessed formal value as much of their activities consisted merely of endless and profitless discussion about words and terms. d. All of these 968. The foremost proponent of scholastic movement who wrote the Summa Theological that became the basis of the majority of the doctrines of the Catholic Church was ____. a. St. Anselm b. St. Thomas Aquinas c. St. Benedict d. St. Paul e. St. Augustine 969. Which of the following does not describe Chivalry a. education was a social discipline where a boy of noble birth had to pass the stages of page, squire, and knighthood. b. education was limited to warfare and religion c. education was for intellectual discipline through sciences and mathematics d. education was for the development of well-rounded personality 970. The Guild-System was established for the purpose of ____. a. protecting the interests of middle class such as skilled craftsman, businessmen b. serving the royal families c. establishing churches d. attacking the moors as religious enemies through the “Crusades” 971. Under the Guild System, the school, which served as a vocational school for the craft guild or skilled workers, was known as _____. a. chanty school b. guild school c. burgher school d. merchant school e. nonformal school 972. Six hundred years after birth of Christ a new religion, founded by Mohammed took root in Arabia. These Arabs who were also known as Saracens among the moors of Spain established a religion known as _____. a. Islam based on the Quran or Koran Holy Scripture b. Buddhism based on Gantama Buddha’s teaching c. Confucianism based on Confucius Analects d. Hinduism based on Vedas Scripture 973. Renaissance was characterized by as a ____. a. revival of ancient learning brought about the discovery of the “New World” b. fascinating stories of Marco Polo about the wealth and technology of the East, that is China under Kublai Khan c. the invention of the printing press and other events d. all of these 974. A movement, which is the result of the alleged abuses of Catholic Church led by Martin Luther, was known as ____. a. Revolution b. Reformation c. Transformation d. Transfiguration e. Contradiction

975. Catholics’ response to demands for change and liberalization of the Church practices leading to the establishment of Jesuits orders and La Salle was known as ____. a. Counter – Reformation b. Social Transformation c. Religious Exaltation d. Institutional Development e. Social Reform 976. The content of education during the reformation includes the ____. a. study of bible and all the skills required to understand it b. a continuation of humanistic subjects such as history, mathematic subjects, such as history, natural science c. use of the vernacular instead of Latin on the Church d. all of these 977. Scholasticism is a philosophy which states that ___. a. school is the only source of learning b. man is rational who has to use reason to support his religious beliefs c. man is both physical, spiritual and rational in nature d. B & C 978. The aim of Scholastic education is to discipline man’s _____. a. physical body b. spirit or school c. intellect or mind d. emotion s, attitudes, values e. society 979. As an offshoot of the influence of Scholasticism, Present education, especially in Catholic seminars, must include the following subjects in the curricula: a. science, experimentation b. religion, logic, ethics, philosophy c. social studies and sciences d. vocational-technical courses e. community service 980. The present military training for our schools came from ___. a. Athens b. Greece c. Sparta d. Rome 981. Life among primitive or tribal people was very simple. Their organization was tribal not political, which is, their ___ is usually the oldest or the wisest among members of the clan. a. head b. teacher c. preacher d. warrior 982. During the primitive education, there was no reading or writing, however, information was transmitted through ___. a. word of mouth b. songs c. ceremonial rites d. all of the above 983. Among the aims of Sumerian education was to train the learners to be good and to do good things especially to their god and to humanity called ___. a. Ra or Amon Ra b. Osiris c. namlulu d. Seth 984. The outstanding contribution to education by the Sumerian period is: a. cuneiform writing b. started the rudiments of education from which evolved the modern educational systems c. geometrical measurement and surveying d. decimal system of arithmetical notation 985. Egypt, the gift of Nile, is situated in the in the northern part of the African continent. Ancient

Egypt was a desert country watered only by the Nile River, which flooded the country from August to October, leaving behind a very rich black earth. The river flows into the Mediterranean Sea. The government of Egypt was autocratic, ruled by a king called ___. a. Pharoah b. Pariahs c. Kshatriyas d. Brahmas 986. The Egyptians were polytheistic. They worshipped the sun god, ____. a. namlulu b. ummia c. ra or amon ra d. kitharist 987. During the early Egyptian education, they used the hieroglyphics form of writing. The Greek words “hieros” a. aware b. villain c. sacred d. hero 988 During the early Egyptian education, they used the hieroglyphics form of writing. The Greek words “glypho” a. to carve b. to write c. to read d. to see 989. The outstanding contribution to education of the early Egyptian period is: a. cuneiform writing b. started the rudiments of education from which evolved the modern educational systems c. geometrical measurement and surveying d. decimal system of arithmetical notation 990. Vedas are composed of collection of ancient religious wisdom. “Rig Veda” means: a. Veda of Sacred Formulas b. Veda of Charms c. Veda of Psalms and Verses d. Hindu scientific and philosophical knowledge 991. Vedas are composed of collection of ancient religious wisdom. “ Yajur Veda” means: a. Veda of Sacred Formulas b. Veda of Charms c. Veda of Psalm and Verses d. Hindu scientific and philosophical knowledge 992. Vedas are composed of collection of ancient religious wisdom. “ Sama Veda” means: a. Veda of psalms and verses b. Veda of Charms c. Veda of Chants d. Hindu scientific and philosophical knowledge 993. Vedas are composed of collection of ancient religious wisdom. “ Atharva Veda” means a. compilation of ethics, customs and traditions b. Hindu scientific and philosophical knowledge c. veda of psalms and verses d. Veda of Charms 994. Vedas are composed of collection of ancient religious wisdom. “The Angas” means: a. compilation of ethics, customs and traditions b. Hindu scientific and philosophical knowledge c. veda of psalms and verses d. Veda of Charms 995. Vedas are composed of collection of ancient religious wisdom. “The Code of Manu” means: a. Veda of psalms and verses b. Veda of Charms c. compilation of ethics, customs and traditions d. Hindu scientific and philosophical knowledge

996. The outstanding contribution to education of the early Hindu period is: a. administration of civil service examination b. free development of all human capacities c. use of the vernacular as a tool of teaching d. decimal system of arithmetical notation 997. The basic of philosophy of early Chinese education was based on the writings of ____ and other Chinese philosophers. a. Plato b. Aristotle c. Socrates d. Mao Tse Tung 998. A philosophical school established by Socrates where the inductive method was mainly used is known as: a. School of Philosophy b. School of the Lyceum c. School of Academy d. Epicurean School 999. A philosophical school formed by the fusion of the Socrates School of Philosophy and the Isocratic School of Rhetorics is known as: a. Epicurean School b. School of the Academy c. University of Athens d. School of the Lyceum 1000. A philosophical school established by Plato is known as: a. University of Athens b. School of Philosophy c. School of Lyceum d. School of the Academy 1001. A philosophical school established by Aristotle is known as: a. School of the Academy b. School of the Lyceum c. University of Athens d. Epicurean School 1002. The two camps were reconciled by ____ when he wrote in his Summa Theologiae, the universal is implanted in the object and the universal is comprehended by the mind of man after the object. a. Thomas Aquinas b. Anselm c. Abelard d. Romulus Augustus 1003. The Islam religion was founded by: a. Gau Tamma b. Muhammad c. Mohammed d. Muslim 1004. The word Islam is the infinitive of the Arabic verb aslama which means: a. to praise b. to believe c. to surrender d. to worship 1005. The following are some of the outstanding contribution of Muslim education to the present educational system. a. provided the foundation of modern academic freedom b. algebra and trigonometry in the field of mathematics c. replacing the roman numerals with figures borrowed from the Hindus d. using the laboratory and experimental method in the teaching of science 1006. The following are outstanding contribution of American education except one: a. progressivism b. graduate school c. democratic education d. close coordination between theory and practice

1007. The Greek’s legacy to the world is democracy. As a teacher, how can you show your being democratic? a. consider your students as capable of independence learning b. give the students freedom to express ideas in any way c. treat everyone fairly in terms of learning opportunities d. reward the good students and punish the misbehaving ones 1008. To occupy a government position, one had to pass an examination on Confucian thought. From whom did this influence come? a. Hebrews b. Hindus c. Chinese d. Greeks 1009. Greek’s Iliad and Odyssey were the famous mythology written by: a. Achilles b. Plato c. Homer d. Herodotus 1010. The most famous sophist who said that “man is the measure of all things” was: a. Plato b. Protagoras c. Socrates d. Seneca 1011. The root of the present system of formal education can be traced to the ancient times. Which of the ancient education accounts started formal education? a. Ancient Greek education b. Ancient Oriental education c. Ancient Roman education d. Early Christian education 1012. Vocational education responds to the need of middle level manpower and skilled labor in any society. Which of these countries already practiced the type of education, which is the forerunner of vocational education today? a. Greece b. Egypt c. India d. China 1013. Which of these can best describe the essence of ancient education in India? a. use of reason b. education for ethical life c. social stratification d. love of nature 1014. Which of these ancient Oriental philosophies stressed harmony with nature? a. Taoism b. Buddhism c. Hinduism d. Jainism 1015. The type of education was more of an intellectual discipline. The purpose of this movement was to bring reason to faith and support theology by using logic. a. Scholasticism b. Buddhism c. Monasticism d. Hinduism 1016. It is the belief of the Jewish people that the Torah, the Law, was handed down to Moses from Yahweh, the Almighty God. What did this imply before in their ancient education? a. religious discipline b. liberation from sin c. Religious conformity d. education as an apostolate 1017. The application of scientific knowledge to affair of daily life was the dominant theme of their early education. Which people are referred here?

a. Egyptians b. Romans c. Greeks d. Arabs/Saracens 1018. Which of these modern educators advocated a child centered education exemplified in his work Emile? a. Herbart Spencer b. John Locke c. Jean Jacques Rousseau d. John Amos Comenius 1019. Which of these modern educators criticized traditional education describing it as the “pedagogy of the oppressed”? a. Pedro Poveda b. Maria Montessori c. Paolo Freire d. John Henry Newman 1020. Which of these religious orders who were still and still are active in education, which adheres to the motto “To the greater glory of God.” a. Jesuits b. Franciscans c. Dominicans d. Benedictines 1021. The present military training in our school curriculum is an influence of – a. Greece b. Sparta c. Athens d. Rome 1022. Which of the following abilities is stressed by humanistic education? a. Enjoy the great works of man such as the classics b. Learn the different philosophies in education c. Make man distinctly civilized, educated and refined d. Develop man into a thinking individual 1023. The Athenian ideal of education is to form a cultural in a graceful and symmetrical body. How can this be achieved? a. by giving more focus on health education b. by adapting the philosophy “know thyself” c. by improving emphasis on physical education d. by a well-balanced development of mind, body and soul 1024. Basic education includes secondary education. Which of the following contributed to the establishment of secondary schools? a. Humanistic education b. Reformation c. Rationalism d. Realistic 1025. Tutoring of learners is now practiced in our school provided it is not done by their own teacher but by an outsider. Which of these Western philosophies influenced this practiced? a. Egyptian b. Roman c. Greek d. Athenian 1026. They were practical people who successfully managed their everyday affairs. Their education was utilitarian and emphasized the practical application of learned theories. They developed the virtues essential to the exercise of their rights and the discharge of their duties and obligations. They were: a. Romans b. Jewish c. Spartans d. Egyptians 1027. This type of ancient education was characterized by creative activity and logical thinking. It gave us culture and enlightenment. They also became the first greatest sportsmen. This type of ancient education is known as: a. Spartan

b. Greek c. Athenian d. Roman 1028. This 2,200-year-old tomb of Qin Shihuang shows much of China emperor extreme security. a. Terra Cotta b. Great Wall c. Tiannamen Square d. Bhudda Temple 1029. Which of the following could be an off shoot of Confucius “Golden Rule” Do unto others, as what you want others do unto to you”? a. love begets love, hate begets violence b. love and hate can go together c. love your enemies d. love conquers all 1030. Following Socrates’ philosophy of Idealism, teachers emphasize the teaching of: a. Science and Technology b. Social Science c. Moral, Spiritual, Values Education d. Vocational Education 1031. Aristotle’s philosophy on Realism calls for the emphasis of teaching: a. Character, ethical, logical education b. Science/Nature study c. Mathematics d. Vocational education 1032. Modern education always offers general courses like Math, languages, music, arts, painting and others. This would be influenced made by the: a. Primitive people b. Chinese c. Greeks/Romans d. Hindus e. Muslims 1033. Which of the following is Spaniards greatest contribution to Philippine education? a. Establishment of sectarian colleges and universities b. Propagation of Spanish language c. Introduction of Christian religion in Philippine schools d. A and C 1034. The early Roman education aimed at the development of vir bonus, which meant: a. the good citizen, the good soldier, the good worker b. the man possessing all virtues essential for the exercise of his rights and the discharge of his duties and obligations c. the good soldier, but, not the good worker d. both a and b 1035. Egyptian education was highly practical and empirical. Why? a. It involved the study of subjects that could be applied in their daily life. b. It provided the modern world with basic foundations of education and other subjects. c. It was a venue for military training. d. It emphasized total submission to the state. 1036. Which of the following characterizes Chinese education? a. Participation of the young rituals and ceremonies and in incidental apprenticeship to the activities of the family and tribe. b. Aimed at selecting and training people for public service c. It was a venue for military training. d. It aimed at preparing men to know God and to live peacefully among their fellows. 1037. The Athenian system of education would have closer resemblance to the present–day education than Spartan education. Why? a. Athenian education mainly prepared the learners for war, while the Spartan education aimed at full rounded development. b. Spartan education mainly prepared the learners for war, while the Athenian education aimed at full rounded development.

c. Athenian education did not impose any form of discipline, while Spartan education imposed discipline that was cruel and very harsh. d. Both Athenian and Spartan education emphasized physical training to the neglect of intellectual training. 1038. Which of the following practices characterizes humanism development? a. Interest in human nature and revival of the classics b. Submissiveness to the demands imposed by church authorities c. Printing of books and salvation of the souls d. Back–to–basics and revival of the arts

as

an

educational

1039. With few available books, the monastic schools resorted to: a. the use of Latin as the medium of instruction b. recitation and memorization c. dictation, memorization and Socratic method d. dictation, memorization, but, not Socratic method 1040. Both Cicero and Quintilian believed in the development of the ideal person, the orator. In which aspect did their ideas differ? a. Cicero believed in the development of the ability to speak and persuade people, while Quintilian believed otherwise. b. Cicero believed that the orator should have wide experience to be able to convince people, while, such wide experience was not necessary according to Quintilian. c. To Cicero, what was important was to be able to persuade people through speech, while Quintilian; a good orator must also be a man of integrity. d. Both believed in memory and moralizing. 1041. The Athenian ideal of education is to develop a cultural soul in a graceful and symmetrical body. How can this be achieved? a. By giving more emphasis on health education b. By providing more situations for the development of values c. Give more focus to physical education d. Have a well–balanced development of mind, body and soul 1042. Which one is contrary to the truth about the early Filipinos education? a. Every activity was aimed for survival and for security reasons. b. Every home is a virtual school. c. Every individual progressed beyond the mentor’s ability and skill. d. Every parent was a teacher. 1043. Which of the following educational practices was not included in Da Feltre’s educational contributions? a. Adapting the work of the individual to his needs and capacities b. A balance between mental and physical activity c. Use of punishment as a motive for learning d. Inclusion of play in the curriculum and developing the power to think 1044. Which of the following is the greatest contribution of the Americans to the Philippine education system? a. democratic teachers b. English language c. Public schools d. study of the 3Rs 1045. Which of the following is considered as the greatest contribution of the Spaniards to our country in terms of education along the aspect of moral development? a. Mass education b. Social distinction c. Spread of Christianity d. Use of Spanish language 1046. John Dewey’s emphasis in education was on the development of an individual capable of reflective thinking, which connotes: a. being able to solve the problems he faces individually and in group b. developing the capacities of the child through a continual interaction with his environment c. that learning takes place when the child is ready for it d. education involves the use of memory, imagination, perception and motor dexterity 1047. Which of the following contributions of the realists to educational methods would you consider a scientific? a. Everything must be learned first in the mother tongue. b. Words must not be repeated.

c. Learning starts from senses. d. There was to be homework. 1048. Which would be given least emphasis as a result of the influence of nationalism in education? a. creation of a common language b. the teaching of history and geography c. music as an essential part of the curricula d. education for intellectual aristocracy 1049. Rousseau’s principle of individualization points out that: a. The child is allowed to grow naturally. b. Nothing was to be done for the pupil if he could do it himself c. Each child was to develop according to his own nature. d. Nothing and allow nothing to be done. 1050. Which of the following summarizes John Locke’s “tabula rasa” theory? a. Education consists of training the mind by imposing appropriate discipline. b. Training the mind and the body c. The child’s mind can be enriched through experience, which necessarily employs perception through the senses. d. The child’s mind, upon birth, is like a blank sheet, which grows larger as a child gets older. 1051. Scholasticism tried to rationalize the doctrine of the Church. Which of the following is not in accordance with this movement? a. It attempted to give supporting authority to the intellect. b. It tried to justify faith by reason and logic. c. It limited itself to scientific and empirical activities. d. It aimed to substantiate theology by logic. 1052. Herbart’s principle of apperception postulated that: a. Learning new knowledge can be facilitated by recalling related old or previous learning. b. In learning, focus should be on a single idea, converted to the other ideas and then mastered. c. Knowledge an only be had with genuine interest. d. All of the above. 1053. The law of karma, what do you sow, you reap, are words often said when Filipinos attempt to explain a misfortune perceived to be rightly deserved by someone. This originated from the – a. Hebrews b. Hindus c. Greeks d. Chinese 1054. What methods of teaching were used in both disciplinism and rationalism? a. sense-based b. observation and experimentation c. memorization and imitation d. meditation and contemplation e. exposition and exhortation 1055. The maxim “Know Thyself” was popularized by Socrates. Which of the following statements do you think would aptly describe it? a. The individual knows about the subject matter of the course. b. He has a grasp of the strategies he will apply in teaching the course. c. He knows the rules and regulations of the school he is currently connected with. d. He is aware of his strengths and weaknesses, capabilities and skills in teaching the course. 1056. The first kindergarten also known as “a garden where children could grow” was the product of research by: a. Pestalozzi b. Rousseau c. Herbart d. Froebel 1957. According to John Deweys “education is a continuous process of experiencing and revising or reorganizing experiences.” This means that education ___. a. may take place anywhere and anytime the individual so desires b. is never completed and goes on throughout life c. make take place formally or informally to enable the individual to grow

d. takes place in the school where the individual is exposed to specific, self-contained experiences 1058. Democracy in education from the Christian perspective is viewed as ___. a. equal education for men and women b. education controlled by the state c. education is subsidized by the state d. education of all human beings without distinction of sex, age, race, rank, social economic or political status 1059. Education entrepreneurs are beginning to realize the significance of pre-school education in terms of their influence to later training. Hence, they try to make learning as meaningful to the learner as possible. Whose philosophy of education is most apt in this particular situation? a. Plato’s b. Aristotle’s c. Emmanuel Kant’s d. John Dewey’s 1060. With whose ideas is the development of contemporary curriculum program in elementary education primarily associated? a. Edward Thorndike b. Henry Barnard c. John Dewey d. Horace Mann 1061. In content, this movement initiated a systematic objective analysis of curriculum materials in order to determine scientifically what should be taught. This refers to ____. a. Rationalism b. Developmentalism c. Scientific determinism d. Social experimentalism 1062. With whose philosophy was pragmatism identified? a. Binet b. Terman c. Dewey d. Pestalozzi 1063. Education is a continuous process of experiencing and of receiving or reorganizing experiences, according to John Dewey. Which of the following situations is apt to happen in education as influenced Dewey’s philosophy? a. education takes place in the school where the individual is exposed to specific, self contained experiences b. education may take place anywhere and anytime the individual so desires c. education is never completed and goes on throughout life d. education may take place informally to enable the individual to grow 1064. Ms. Constantino regards the student as a spiritual entity and as part of the larger spiritual universe. To what philosophy does Ms. Constantino subscribe? a. Existentialism b. Idealism c. Realism d. Pragmatism 1065. Who among the following believes that learning requires disciplined attention, regular homework, and respect for legitimate authority? a. Perennialist b. Reconstructionalist c. Essentialist d. Progressivist 1066. Teacher B is concerned with conceptual matters since reality is mental. Teacher B’s thinking is quite. a. Pragmatic b. Realistic c. Existential d. Idealistic 1067. Who among the following stressed the processes of experience and problem solving? a. Plato b. Dewey c. Aristotle d. Hegel

1068. Dr. Melgo emphasizes to his students the importance of deep personal reflection on one’s commitments and choices. Dr. Melgo subscribes to which philosophy? a.Pragmatism b.Existentialism c. Idealism d. Realism 1069. Teacher A believes that creation of knowledge is by way of the learner’s interaction with their environment. Teacher A is more of ___. a. an idealist b. a pragmatist c. an existentialist d. a realist 1070. Which of the following does not refer to existentialism? a. social existence means anarchy and violence b. existence means creativity and uniqueness c. existence means self-choice and self-determination d. each man shapes his own life and destiny 1071. “Life is what you make it”. What you become is up to you. This thought comes from the – a. Existentialist b. idealist c. Realist d. philosophical analyst 1072. Ms. Rochelle Esteban views her students as a unique and responsible individual. She plans activities and structures her teaching in such manner that her students and develops her uniqueness. Which theory does she uphold? a. Perennialism b. Realism c. existentialism d. essentialism 1073. Ms. Margarette Cassi is a firm believer of Roussean theory that education should be according to nature. To be in accord with nature, which of the following will Ms. Cassi do? a. treat the child as little adults b. treat the child as a “noble savage” c. treat the child as though he was little adult d. treat the child according to the laws of growth and development 1074. Ms. Geraldine Saladas is pragmatic teacher. Which of the following ideas will she reject? a. that knowledge is produced by a transaction between man and his environment b. the values must alter as culture and societies must change c. that the mind is passive and receptive d. that what word best is true 1075. John Dewey regarded education as a continuous process of experiencing and reorganizing experience. Which statement explains best his ideas? a. education takes place in school b. education goes on throughout life c. education continues anywhere, anytime d. education takes place formally with the teacher 1076. The Philippine Elementary School Curriculum (NESC) gives greater emphasis on the development of basic skills specially the 3 R’s. What is the philosophical basis for this? a. Essentialism b. Progressivism c. existentialism d. reconstructionism 1077. Values Education is an additional subject in the Philippine New Secondary Curriculum. Which educational philosophy justifies this change in the curriculum? a. Humanism b. Reconstructionism c. existentialism d. progressivism 1078. John Dewey advocates which of the following? a. something is true if it works

b. morality is for persons c. everything in this world is tentative, a series of means and ends d. what is right or wrong depends on the situation 1079. Your teacher is of the opinion that the world and everything in it are ever changing and so teaches you the skill to cope with change. Which is his governing philosophy? a. Existentialism b. Realism c. idealism d. experimentalism 1080. On which theory is the logical sequencing of curriculum based? a. Perennialism b. Progressivism c. essentialism d. reconstructionism 1081. “Do not teach too many subjects. What you teach, teach thoroughly” said one philosopher. The primary reason behind the advice is to insure that teachers – a. cover all the PELC’S/PSLC’s b. relate their lessons to their student’s daily life c. avoid failing grades d. avoid spoon feeding their students 1082. The back-to-basic curriculum is in essence a (an) ____ curriculum. a.Existentialist b.Progressivist c. essentialist d. perennialist 1083. “Approach every pupil as she/he is without allowing yourself to be influenced by your foreknowledge of his/her home background” is an advice from – a. essentialist b. rationalist c. positivist d. existentialist-phenomenologist 1084. Sometimes it may better to make wrong decisions when a decision is urgent to make a “right” decision too late” a thought encouraged by the – a. rationalist b. progressivist c. realist d. existentialist 1085. After having been humiliated by his teacher, student B evaluates that teacher very poorly despite teacher’s excellent performance. Which trait is illustrated B’s behavior? a. rationalism b. impersonalism c. personalism d. particularism 1086. Jones, age 7, was removed from her class for frequent fights with other children. She refused to be disciplined and was to focus in class only for a very short time. She also has frequent tantrums. She is suffering from – a. mental retardation b. down syndrome c. attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder d. learning disability 1087. The strengthening of liberal education which includes classical literature in the curriculum is based on the though of ___. a. rationalists b. hedonists c. humanists d. stoics 1088. Which philosophy approves of a teacher who lectures most of the time and requires his students to memorize the rules of grammar? a. pragmatism b. existentialism c. realism

d. idealism 1089. The most popular among the pragmatist is – a. John Dewey b. William James c. Edward Thorndike d. Amos Comenius 1090. He believes that we acquire knowledge of our world thorough our senses. His also the pioneer of the inductive and scientific method. a. John Comenius b. Johann Pestalozzi c. Jean Piaget d. John Locke 1091. He introduced the kindergarten or “child’s garden” to the educational system – a. Maria Montessori b. Edward Paparazzi c. Friedrich Froebel d. Johann Herbart 1092. Curriculum correlation is a concept wherein subjects should be taught so it relates to other subjects. The proponent of this concept is – a. Johan Herbart b. Hermann Ebbinghaus c. John Comenius d. Andrew Mc Birch 1093. It is an area of philosophy which deals on the nature of knowledge and the best methods of teaching is – a. epistemology b. ethics c. metaphysics d. aesthetics 1094 Honesty remains a value even if nobody in an organization values it. This pronouncement comes from the mouth of a (an) ____. a. pragmatist b. idealist c. reconstructionist d. progressivist 1095. A fresh graduate is usually idealistic. Which one will most likely inspire her cling to her idealism? a. introduction of educational innovations b. support of living models c. pressure of work d. high salary 1096. People have ideas about the world and they learn these ideas by reflecting upon them, according to the ____. a. empiricist b. existentialist c. rationalist d. pragmatist 1097. Whose thought is this: “Although there is an external world from which human beings acquire sensory information, ideas, originate from the working of the mind.” a. rationalist b. existentialist c. empiricist d. pragmatist 1098. If you believe that the child’s mind in TABULA RASA, in what processes will you engage the child to learn? a. sensory impressions b. reasoning c. reflections d. metacognition 1090. Which does the empiricist emphasize? a. experience is the only source of knowledge b. knowledge arises from the mind

c. knowledge is derived from reason without the aid of the senses d. information is interpreted by the mind 1091. Which of the following best describes the role of a teacher from a perennialist perspective? a. to expose the learner to up-to-date information about Science and Math b. to reveal the Wisdom of Ages such as those contained in the Bible/Koran c. to assist the learner clarify his/her value priorities through self-analysis d. to tell, interpret, or analyze complete information to the students 1092. “Do not trust the senses since ideas arrived at only by reason” is an advice from the ____. a. naturalist b. rationalist c. existentialist d. empiricist 1093. Which is a weakness of the Montessori approach? a. fosters development of the cognitive skills b. foster independence c. emphasize verbal interaction d. neglects children’s social development 1094. According to the existentialist, every person is in the same predicament and has the same possibilities. What does this imply? a. every person must have access to education b. every person must choose to go to college c. every person must go through the same form of education d. every person must go to college 1095. Which groups of philosophers have opposite views? a. rationalists and existentialist b. rationalists and idealists c. rationalists and naturalists d. rationalists and empiricists 1096. Progressivism considers the nature of the child. Which philosophy does NOT relate to this? a. pragmatism b. essentialism c. humanism d. naturalism 1097. The inclusion of the study of Rizal and other national heroes in the school curriculum in order to inculcate love of country is base on a (an) – a. pragmatist philosophy b. existentialist philosophy c. idealist philosophy d. realist philosophy 1098. Who perpetuated the idea that reason is superior to experience as a source of knowledge, thus schools must develop human reason? a. Humanists b.Stoics c. Hedonists d. Rationalists 1099. Faith, hope, and love are values now and forever whether people will value them or not. Upon what philosophy is this anchored? a. Idealism b.Existentialism c. Realism d. Pragmatism 1100. His philosophy advocated a classical type of liberal education or the study of the humanities. a. Irving Babbit b. John Dewey c. Jean Jacques Rousseau d. Aristotle 1101. Whose philosophy expounded the concept of the Laboratory School?

a. Plato b. Jean Jacques Rousseau c. John Dewey d. Irving Babbit 1102. Whose philosophy influenced the present emphasis on Character Education and Values Education in our school system? a. Confucius b. Gandhi c. Tagore d. Bonifacio 1103. Who expounded the need to study the child carefully for individualized instruction? a. Boccacio b. Erasmus c. Ascham d. Da Feltre 1104. Whose philosophy inspired the inclusion of Physical Education in the curriculum and the replacement of lectures with textbooks? a. Da Feltre b. Petrach c. Boccacio d. Erasmus 1105. He suggested that competition and award should be used to motivate people. a. Aristotle c. Plato b. Herbart d. Socrates 1106. The idea of Practical Arts and Home Economics subjects for boys is the philosophy of ___. a. Confucius b. Rizal c. Gandhi d. Tagore 1107. The world, as we experienced it, depends on how the mind perceive. This is according to: a. Leibniz b. Hegel c. Berkeley d. Spinoza 1108. The “Golden Rule” was popularized by a Chinese philosopher and teacher named a. Mencius b. Sun Yat-Sen c. Confucius d. Mao Tse Tung 1109. Educators have realized the significance of preschool education. Hence, they try to make learning as meaningful to the learner as possible. Whose philosophy of education is most apt in this particular situation? a. Aristotle’s b. Emmanuel Kant’s c. Plato’s d. John Dewey’s 1110. The philosophy of adult education was conceived by: a. Gaffud b. Tagore c. Confucius d. Gandhi 1111. Who among these Filipino philosophers contributed MOST to the nationalistic tint in our education system? a. Jose Laurel b. Andres Bonifacio c. Jose Rizal d. Apolinario Mabini 1112. Who pointed out that “education is life itself?” a. De la Salle

b. Socrates c. Thorndike d. Dewey 1113. “But seek ye first the kingdom of God, and His righteousness, and all these things shall be added unto you.” This educational philosophy has been advocated by _____. He is considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education. a. Confucius b. Jesus Christ c. Muhammad d. Buddha 1114. “Education is life,” “Education is growth,” “Education is a social process,” “Education is a continuous reconstruction of experience.” This educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education. a. Herbart b. William James c. Spencer d. John Dewey 1115. “Mental activity is functional.” “Knowledge is instrumental.” “It is the consequences that make the choice good or bad.” This educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education. a. William James b. John Dewey c. John Locke d. Rousseau 1116. “Knowledge that is best for use in life is also best for the development of power.” Emphasis on physical education.” “Importance of science in the curriculum.” This educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education. a. Socrates b. Aristotle c. Plato d. Spencer 1118. “Self-activity as the means of development.” “Play, spontaneous activity, manual and industrial development utilized to promote self-realization.” “Process of education determined by the nature of the child.” This educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education. a. Locke b. Comenius c. Froebel d. Herbart 1119. “Doctrine of apperception.” “Education should be scientific.” “Mind is a unity, possessing by one power, that of entering into relation with its environment.” This educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education. a. Soren Kierkegaard b. Herbart c. Pestalozzi d. William James 1120. “Education as the process of organized growth.” “All education should be founded upon the laws of natural development of the child.” “Use of objects in teaching.” “Emphasis on method and technique of teaching.” This educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education. a. Pestalozzi b. Locke c. Comenius d. Rousseau 1121. “Development of the child according to his nature.” “A man should live a simple life.” “The child, the important factor in education.” “Use of instinctive tendencies as the starting point of education.” This educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education. a. Pestalozzi b. Locke c. Comenius d. Rousseau

1122. “Tabula rasa” or “blank paper” theory – a child is born with a blank mind (neither good nor bad).” “Education can shape the pupil according to the will of the teacher.” “Formal discipline (training gained in one area can be applied in another area).” This educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education. a. Pestalozzi b. Locke c. Comenius d. Rousseau 1123. “Development of the whole man.” “Follow the order of nature.” “Train for character.” “Both sexes should be included in education.” This educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education. a. Pestalozzi b. Locke c. Comenius d. Rousseau 1124. “The end of life is knowledge. Knowledge is virtue. Know thyself.” “Social and individual interests should be harmonized.’ “Man’s life is rational and universal.” This educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education. a. Socrates b. Aristotle c. Plato d. Spencer 1125. “Each person should devote his life to that which he is best fitted to do.’ “The function of education is to determine what each individual is by nature fitted to do.” “Social justice (give what is due to whom it is due).” “Intellectual aristocracy (the rule of the intellectual elite).” This educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education. a. Socrates b. Aristotle c. Plato d. Spencer 1126. “Virtue is not possession of knowledge but state of the will.” “The end of education is not knowledge lane, but the union of the intellect and the will, or knowledge expressed in action.” “Reality, not ideas but the performance, is the highest function.” “Adaptation of education to the form of government.” “Objective and scientific not introspective method of education.” This educational philosophy has been promoted by _____ where he was also considered as one of the pioneer thinkers of education. a. Socrates b. Aristotle c. Plato d. Spencer 1127. The following are pragmatic educational philosophers except one: a. James b. Dewey c. Schiller d. Rousseau 1128. He was a member of the Catholic clergy and professor of philosophy at the University of Wittenburg, nailed his ninety-five theses at the door of his church at Wittenburg in 1517 airing his criticisms against the Catholic Church. He was: a. Mohammad b. Jesuits c. Martin Luther d. Ricky Martin 1129. He was known as the first modern educational reformer to advocate compulsory education. a. Mohammad b. Jesuits c. Martin Luther d. Ricky Martin 1130. He was known as the greatest scholar among the German school organizers, conducted a school survey in Germany, probably the first school survey in the world, and came out with the so called Saxony plan. a. Sturm b. Martin Luther

c. Melanchthon d. Copernicus 1131. This verbal realist proposed a very comprehensive curriculum composed of a wide range of physical exercises, sports and games, the Bible and religious exercises, instrumental music, intellectual readings form ancient literature in science, history, mathematics, and astronomy and literature in Latin, Greek, Hebrew, Chaldaic, and Arabic languages. He is: a. Juan Luis Vives b. John Milton c. Francois Rabelais d. Copernicus 1132. This verbal realist advocated the study of ancient learning and classics in Latin, Greek, Hebrew, Chaldaic, Syrian and Italian; natural science, social science, philosophy, morality, religion and physical education for the military. He is: a. Juan Luis Vives b. John Milton c. Francois Rabelais d. Copernicus 1133. One of the agencies of education during the sense realism is the “model educational institution for scientific investigations.” This school was drawn up: a. Bacon b. Comenius c. Mulcaster d. Hecker 1134. Another agencies education during the sense realism is the “six-year vernacular elementary schools for all boys and girls, secondary schools and university. This school has been postulated by: a. Bacon b. Comenius c. Mulcaster d. Hecker 1135. Textbook was also considered as an important agency of education. This is according to: a. Bacon b. Comenius c. Mulcaster d. Hecker 1136. It is a secondary school known as “Realschule” where pure and applied science dominated the curriculum. This school was established by: a. Bacon b. Comenius c. Mulcaster d. Hecker 1137. The following are great educational philosophers who espoused sense realism except one a. John Locke b. Francis Bacon c. Richard Mulcaster d. Wolfgang Ratke 1138. “Children must be studied thoroughly and their innate abilities respected.” This principle has been postulated by: a. Comenius b. Bacon c. Ratke d. Mulcaster 1139. “Education should appeal to the child’s natural interests.” This principle has been postulated by: a. Comenius b. Bacon c. Ratke d. Mulcaster 1140. “All learning should follow the course of nature.” This principle has been advocated by: a. Comenius b. Bacon

c. Ratke d. Mulcaster 1141. He is the foremost champion of formal discipline. He believed that the process of acquiring knowledge is more important than the knowledge acquired. He is: a. John Locke b. Francis Bacon c. Richard Mulcaster d. Wolfgang Ratke 1142. An Englishman that advances the idea that the mind of a child at birth is a blank tablet upon which are printed or inscribed all the experiences of the child acquired through his senses. a. Jean Jacques Rousseau b. Richard Mulcaster c. John Locke d. Francis Bacon 1143. The following are well-known rationalist except one: a. Baron Gottfried Wilhelm von Leibnitz b. Herbert of Cherbury c. John Locke d. Baruch Spinoza 1144. He was Frenchman and has been considered as the outstanding champion of naturalism. a. Jean Jacques Rousseau b. Richard Mulcaster c. John Locke d. Francis Bacon 1145. The end of life is knowledge, knowledge is virtue, know thyself for the unexamined life is not worth living,” says – a. Plato b. Socrates c. Aristotle d. Heraclitus 1146. The following are pragmatic educational philosophers except one: a. James b. Schiller c. Dewey d. Rousseau 1147. The staunchest advocate of progressivism in education was: a. James b. Schiller c. Dewey d. Rousseau 1148. The Father of Existentialism: a. Soren Kierkegaard b. Pestalozzi c. Herbart d. William James 1149. “The school is the book which is written the future of the nations. Show us the schools of a people and we will tell you what those people are.” This is a Filipino philosophy of education postulated by ____. a. Rizal b. Mabini c. Rafael Palma d. Jorge Bacobo 1150. “Thou shalt cultivate the special gifts which had been granted thee, working and studying according to thy ability, never leaving the path of righteousness and justice in order to attain thine own perfection.” This is a Filipino philosophy of education advocated by ____. a. Venancio Trinidad b. T. H. Pardo de Tavera c. Jose Rizal d. Mabini

1151. “Our education should instill love for work, spirit of tolerance, respect for law, love of peace, and practice of thrift.” This is a Filipino philosophy of education postulated by ____. a. Manuel L. Quezon b. T. H. Pardo de Tavera c. Raul Magsaysay d. Raul Roco 1152. “To my humble way of thinking education has for its supreme and overshadowing aim the formulation of a sound and noble outlook of life.” This is a Filipino philosophy of education postulated by ____. a. Francisco Benetiz b. Rafael Palma c. Jorge Bacobo d. Venancio Trinidad 1153. “Education must secure freedom, efficiency, and happiness for all people.” This is a Filipino philosophy of education advocated by ____. a. Camilo Osias b. Manuel Laya c. Juan Manuel d. Rafael Palma 1154. “The qualities that distinguish the educated Filipinos of today are (1) power to do, (2) knowledge of the past and current events, and (3) possession of the elements of conduct that are the accomplishments of culture and morality.” This is a Filipino philosophy of education postulated by ____. a. Francisco Balagtas b. Ferdinand Marcos c. Benigno Aquino d. Francisco Benetiz 1155. “Education should aim to develop men and women who are as deeply concerned in the development and uplift of our communities, particularly in the rural areas, as in the promotion of their won personal or individual well-being.” This is a Filipino philosophy of education postulated by ____. a. Ferdinand Marcos b. Manuel Quezon c. Venancio Trinidad d. Rafael Palma 1156. “Education should develop personality.” The teacher should study each pupil individually; adapt schoolwork to the abilities and interests of pupils, hold quarterly conferences of teachers to thoroughly assess pupil’s progress. These idea or philosophy is postulated by ____. a. Juan Luis Vives b. John Milton c. Francois Rabelais d. Michael Montaigne 1157. “The aim of method of teaching; activities; reasoning idea or philosophy is a. Francis Bacon b. Francois Rabelais c. Wolgang Ratke d. Richard Mulcaster

learning was the development of the whole man.” It is the incidental all learning is to be made pleasant; learning facilitated through natural substituted for rote learning; and made use of reference books. These advanced ____.

1158. “Education was to prepare for actual living.” Reading for content and for syntax; use of resource person in the classroom; discussion and lectures by academic authorities.” These ideas or philosophies were postulated by _____. a. Rousseau b. Comenius c. Pestalozzi d. John Milton 1159. The following are humanistic or verbal realists except: a. Martin Luther b. Juan Luis Vives c. Francois Rebalais d. John Milton

1160. “Children must be studied thoroughly and their innate abilities respected; make use of the games, play and exercise for learning purposes.” These ideas or philosophies of education are coming from _____. a. Richard Mulcaster b. Wolgang Ratke c. John Amos Comenius d. Francis Bacon 1161. “The ultimate goal of education was eternal happiness with God and education should prepare for the activities of life through knowledge; learning should start from the senses, learning should proceed from known to unknown.” These ideas or philosophies of education were postulated by ____. a. Richard Mulcaster b. Wolgang Ratke c. John Amos Comenius d. Francis Bacon 1162. “Give man dominance over things; He used the inductive method of learning.” These ideas or philosophies of education were advanced by ____. a. Richard Mulcaster b. Wolgang Ratke c. John Amos Comenius d. Francis Bacon 1163. “Developed a natural method of teaching; nothing is to be learned by rote; repetition must be done as often as possible; and learning by the senses first and then exploration. These ideas or philosophies of education were postulated by ____. a. Richard Mulcaster b. Wolgang Ratke c. John Amos Comenius d. Francis Bacon 1164. The following are sense realist except: a. Richard Mulcaster b. John Amos Comenius c. Wolgang Ratke d. Francis Bacon 1165. A German religious reformer, the inaugurator of the Protestant reformation, who insisted on state founded compulsory education for both sexes especially in the elementary level but also compelled parents to send their children on school. He was ____. a. John Comenius b. Jean Jacques Rousseau c. Martin Luther d. John Lock 1166. Taught in the court of school of Northern Italy and was believed to be one of the first teachers to combine physical and mental activity in a school situation. He was _____. a. Vittorino Da Feltre b. Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi c. John Dewey d. Friedrich Froebel 1167. He was known as educational reformer and a writer. His famous work, the Great Didactic gives his theories and procedures of practical education. He was ____. a. Johann Friedrich Herbart b. Desiderius Erasmus c. John Comenius d. John Milton 1168. An English philosopher known as “intellectual ruler of the 18th century,” whose theories and knowledge and political life are still widely felt. He protested against the time devoted to study Latin and Greek and recommended a broader curriculum and physical training, and strongly advocated the disciplinary theory of education. He was ____. a. Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi b. Machiavelli c. Rene Descartes d. John Locke 1169. He was the first to develop an educational theory based on naturalistic approach. Few books have exercised such profound influence on the theory and practice of education as he attached the formal education and insisted on nature as the best guide to the educational process. He was ____.

a. Jean Jacques Rousseau b. John Heinrich Pestalozzi c. Johann Friedrich Herbart d. Gottfried Wilheim von Leinbniz 1170. In his aim to “psychologized education” he combined physical, moral, intellectual and manual work. His major emphasis on helping children to learn by experience and observation, rather than by verbalism and memorization. He was ____. a. Johann Friedrich Herbart b. Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi c. Friedrich Froebel d. John Amos Comenius 1171. His central principle was the ideas are developed in the mind through external stimuli, and that ideas have a dynamic force, which reaches out for new ideas. Based on this principle, the teacher’s task is to select ideas in accordance with the pupil’s background, to arouse the interests of the pupils, and gradually to build ideas into a moral and intellectual structure. He advocated the culture-epoch theory, based on the premise that the growth of children corresponds to the development of culture through the ages. To put his theory to practice, he formulated five formal steps of instruction: preparation, presentation, association, generalization and application. He was ____. a. Johann Friedrich Herbart b. Friedrich Froebel c. Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi d. John Amos Comenius 1172. His theory was based on the concept of the absolute as a creative force, of which the child’s nature is a part. The function of the teacher is to promote the growth of the child as a human plant in the direction of its own inner laws of growth. He stressed creative selfdevelopment and spontaneous activity, making or unfolding the best in the child. He formulated a philosophy of development in his Education of Man, Pedagogic of the Kindergarten, and Education by Development. He was ___ a. Jean Jacques Rousseau b. Friedrich Froebel c. Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi d. Juan Luis Vives 1173. “The school is a preparation for life, it is life,” and “the school cannot be a preparation for social life except as it produces the typical conditions of life.” In other words, education must start with the interests, activities and experiences of the child, and the process is participating in-group and social activities, in order to develop intelligent members of democracy. These ideas or philosophy of education was postulated by ____. a. John Dewey b. John Comenius c. John Locke d. John Prats 1174. A French philosopher, who defined his plan of education in Emile, saw the child as an offspring of nature. His writings represented an attack as an age of reason, gave impetus to the romantic moment by emphasizing feelings. He was ___ a. Gottfried Wilheim von Leinbniz b. John Dewey c. Rene Descartes d. Jean Jacques Rousseau 1175. He was the “Father of Modern Philosophy,” whose first task was to work out his “rational scheme.” His method consists of harnessing the power of the mind with a special set of rulers. He insisted upon the necessity of method upon systematic and orderly thinking. H was ____. a. Michel Montaigne b. Rene Descartes c. John Amos Comenius d. Jean Jacques Rousseau 1176. He was a French essayist and thinker regarded as the “Father of Modern Essay.” He was also one of the pioneers of the autobiography. He was convinced of the importance of introspection, of examining one’s own experiences in order to determine values and rules of conduct, and of communicating one’s self-knowledge to others. He was ____. a. Richard Mulcaster b. Martin Luther c. Erasmus d. Michel Montaigne

1177. He defined education as a natural, symmetrical, and harmonious development of the faculties of the child. According to him, sense perception was the real foundation of knowledge and observation was to be the basis of all instruction. His most important contribution to education was his concept that teachers must respect the individuality of every child and must base discipline upon love. He was ___. a. John Amos Comenius b. Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi c. Johann Friedrich Herbart d. John Dewey 1178. He was an English educator-philosopher. He believed that the aim of every educational activity was the search for truth. According to him, the attainment of truth should be guided by reason and the mind is capable of obtaining and formulating reason. His education revolved around the child’s moral development and formulation of desirable habits. He was ____. a. John Dewey b. Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi c. John Locke d. John Amos Comenius 1179. He was a follower of Pestalozzi and later came an administrator in the kindergarten school where he applied the principles of Pestalozzi. He placed great emphasis on self-activity among children. The curriculum included games, plays, song and work. He emphasizes activities like manipulation of objects and more freedom in the classroom. He was also known as the “Father of Kindergarten.” He was ____. a. Maria Montessori b. Froebel c. Herbart d. Dewey 1180. He was a German sense realist. He advocated the use of vernacular in instruction to enable the child to learn other lessons. He emphasized mastery through repetition and memorization. He was ____. a. Wolfgang Ratke b. Comenius c. Pestalozzi d. Rousseau 1181. The end of knowledge is not knowledge alone. It is the union of the innate intellect of the individual and his will. It is knowledge expression in action. This education philosophy was postulated by ____. a. Plato b. Confucius c. Socrates d. Aristotle 1182. He said “development of the whole man before he becomes professional.” He said further that both boys and girls should be included in education regardless of their socio-economic status. Moreover, according to him, “Effective learning is done through the use of vernacular” and postulated the use of visual aids in classroom teaching.” He was ____. a. Confucius b. Rousseau c. Comenius d. Erasmus 1183. He said “Development of moral and ethical principles to promote peace and order and to preserve human dignity.” He also postulated the golden rule for all men to follow “treat others as you wish them to treat you.” He was ____. a. Plato b. Confucius c. Socrates d. Aristotle 1184. “Man is by nature good and virtuous. Everything is good as it comes from the hand of the author nature.” This educational philosophy was postulated by ____. a. Michel Montaigne b. Rene Descartes c. John Amos Comenius d. Jean Jacques Rousseau 1185. “Learning was spontaneous, meaning that children had an inner need to work at that which interested them with the prodding of teachers or the use of rewards and punishments.

The curricula included three major types, activities and experiences: practical skills, sensory and muscular skills developed through repetitive exercise and formal skills.” This concept of education has been postulated by ____. a. Maria Montessori b. Rene Descartes c. Pestalozzi d. John Dewey 1186. He was a German philosopher known for his contribution to moral development in education and for highly structured methodology of teaching. For him, the chief aim of education was moral development, to produce a good person with varied interest. He was ____. a. Froebel b. Rousseau c. Herbart d. Dewey 1187. “Knowledge acquired that is best for use in life is also best for the development of power. He opposed to free public education; those who really want an education should work hard to acquire the means to attain it.” This philosophical thought has been postulated by ____. a. Locke b. Dewey c. Comenius d. Spencer 1188. One of the agencies of education during the sense realism is the “model educational institution for scientific investigations.” This school was drawn up: a. Bacon b. Comenius c. Mulcaster d. Hecker 1189. Another agencies education during the sense realism is the “six-year vernacular elementary schools for all boys and girls, secondary schools and university. This school has been advocated by: a. Bacon b. Comenius c. Mulcaster d. Hecker 1190. Textbook was also considered as an important agency of education. This is according to: a. Bacon b. Comenius c. Mulcaster d. Hecker 1191. It is a secondary school known as “Realschule” where pure and applied science dominated the curriculum. This school was established by: a. Bacon b. Comenius c. Mulcaster d. Hecker 1192. The following are great educational philosophers who espoused sense realism except one a. John Locke b. Francis Bacon c. Richard Mulcaster d. Wolfgang Ratke 1193. “Children must be studied thoroughly and their innate abilities respected.” This principle has been advocated by: a. Comenius b. Bacon c. Ratke d. Mulcaster 1194. “Education should appeal to the child’s natural interests.” This principle has been advocated by: a. Comenius b. Bacon c. Ratke

d. Mulcaster 1195 “All learning should follow the course of nature.” This principle has been advocated by: a. Comenius b. Bacon c. Ratke d. Mulcaster 1196. The use of inductive method of learning has been advocated by: a. Comenius b. Bacon c. Ratke d. Mulcaster 1197. He is the foremost champion of formal discipline. He believed that the process of acquiring knowledge is more important than the knowledge acquired. He is: a. John Locke b. Francis Bacon c. Richard Mulcaster d. Wolfgang Ratke 1198. The following are well-known rationalist except one: a. Baron Gottfried Wilhelm von Leibnitz b. John Locke c. Herbert of Cherbury d. Baruch Spinoza 1199. He was Frenchman and has been considered as the outstanding champion of naturalism. a. Jean Jacques Rousseau b. Richard Mulcaster c. John Locke d. Francis Bacon 1200. The following are the outstanding contribution of sense realism to our present educational system except one: a. the emphasis on science in the curriculum b. use of vernacular in teaching c. the teaching of science by the laboratory method d. formal discipline as an educational process 1201. It is one of the types of education in the formal discipline where it is primarily for the development of wise conduct, good breeding, and the control of desires by reason. This type of education is known as: a. physical education b. physical education c. intellectual education d. aristocracy of intelligence 1202. One of the types of education in formal discipline that develops the mental power to acquire knowledge, not to increase knowledge by itself. a. moral education b. intellectual education c. physical education d. liberal education 1203. All except one are John Locke’s three steps in learning. a. sense learning, memorization, reasoning b. reasoning, sense learning, memorization c. memorization, reasoning, sense learning d. sense learning, reasoning, memorization 1204. It is a philosophical doctrine, which advocated that reason can be a source of knowledge and that truth can best be established by a process of deduction from a priori principle independent of experience. a. humanism b. disciplinism c. rationalism d. realism 1205. All except one are aims of rationalism.

a. intellectual freedom b. living a life guided by reason c. aristocracy of intelligence d. good habit formation 1206. The following are agencies of education during the rationalism period except one: a. secondary and higher schools b. cathedral schools c. encyclopedia d. fashionable salons 1207. The rationalists believed that mental processes were the impression made by objects upon the mind through the senses. So they taught by the inductive method. This method instruction during this period is known as: a. inductive method b. science-based c. deductive method d. application of reason 1208. The rationalist always applied the test of reason to every phase of activity or life and rejected those that did not meet the test. This method instruction during this period is known as: a. inductive method b. science-based c. deductive method d. application of reason 1209. The following are the outstanding contribution of rationalism to our present educational system is: a. the emphasis on science in the curriculum b. use of vernacular in teaching c. training of creative thinking and reasoning d. none of the above 1210. According to Rousseau, “man by nature is good and virtuous. He wanted that the goodness and virtue in man be developed unhampered by the artificialities of the type of society current during his time.” This aim of naturalism is known as: a. creation of new society b. preservation of individual freedom c. preservation of natural goodness and virtue d. all of the above 1211. According to Rousseau, “there should be simplicity, liberty, equality, and fraternity for all, a society in which the individual could attain his fullest fulfillment as a natural man.” This aim of naturalism is known as: a. creation of new society b. preservation of individual freedom c. preservation of natural goodness and virtue d. all of the above 1212. According to Rousseau, “individual should be liberated from the impositions of the state, the Church, and the aristocratic society.” This aim of naturalism is known as: a. creation of new society b. preservation of individual freedom c. preservation of natural goodness and virtue d. all of the above 1213. “The development of all the endowments of a child. He opposed to specialization because, according to him, this would make some men dependent upon other men.” This is one of the many types of education that Rousseau pushes which is known as: a. democratic and universal education b. intellectual education c. moral education d. general education 1214. Rousseau wanted to educate the child morally the natural way, that is, the child should not be punished by other people for his untoward acts but by the results of his acts.” This type of naturalism education is known as: a. democratic and universal education b. intellectual education c. moral education d. general education

1215. Rousseau said that education is a natural right of all freemen and since all children are free and equal, they should receive the same kind or type of education. The rich and the poor should be educated together in the same way. This type of naturalism education is known as: a. religious education b. general education c. intellectual education d. democratic and universal education 1216. Rousseau did not approve the use of textbooks in intellectual learning. The learner had to learn through the use of senses. This type of naturalism education is known as: a. religious education b. general education c. intellectual education d. democratic and universal education 1217. The following are three modern principles of teaching as established by Rousseau except one: a. principle of growth b. principle of pupil activity c. principle of individualization d. principle of discipline 1218. Rousseau divided stages of growth of the child. He said, “the child is still capable of right reasoning and hence, his feelings are dominant in determining his actions.” This stage of growth is in the: a. infancy b. boyhood c. childhood d. adolescence 1219. The following are disadvantages of naturalism as advocated by Rousseau if it is used today except one: a. the use of textbooks b. not suitable for big classes c. tutorial system is expensive d. order of nature 1220. He was a member of the Catholic clergy and professor of philosophy at the University of Wittenburg, nailed his ninety-five theses at the door of his church at Wittenburg in 1517 airing his criticisms against the Catholic Church. He was: a. Mohammad b. Jesuits c. Martin Luther d. Ricky Martin 1221. He was known as the greatest scholar among the German school organizers, conducted a school survey in Germany, probably the first school survey in the world, and came out with the so called Saxony plan. a. Sturm b. Martin Luther c. Melanchthon d. Copernicus 1222. This verbal realist advocated the study of the vernacular as a national language and Latin as a universal language. According to him, the study of language should be based on usage. He is: a. Juan Luis Vives b. John Milton c. Francois Rabelais d. Copernicus 1223. This verbal realist proposed a very comprehensive curriculum composed of a wide range of physical exercises, sports and games, the Bible and religious exercises, instrumental music, intellectual readings form ancient literature in science, history, mathematics, and astronomy and literature in Latin, Greek, Hebrew, Chaldaic, and Arabic languages. He is: a. Juan Luis Vives b. John Milton c. Francois Rabelais d. Copernicus

1224. This verbal realist advocated the study of ancient learning and classics in Latin, Greek, Hebrew, Chaldaic, Syrian and Italian; natural science, social science, philosophy, morality, religion and physical education for the military. He is: a. Juan Luis Vives b. John Milton c. Francois Rabelais d. Copernicus 1225. The only way to solve the problem of disagreements and speculations regarding “obtuse questions,” is to inquire seriously into the nature of human understanding and shows from an exact analysis of its powers and capacity that is by no means fitted such remote and obtuse subjects. This philosophy is postulated by – a. David Hume b. Jean Jacques Rousseau c. Baruch Spinoza d. Gottfried Wilheim von Leinbniz 1226. His brilliant philosophical treatises among which the most renowned in his Levithian, a book on social and political philosophy. He was deeply impressed by the precision of science and above all by the certainty of scientific knowledge. He was – a. Rene Descartes b. John Locke c. Thomas Hobbes d. Francis Bacon 1227. “Turned to description of the joys and sorrows for natural man, expressing deep dimension of feeling as opposed to the brittle logic of doctrine.” This theory of knowledge was postulated by – a. Boccacio b. Petrarch c. Montaigne d. Machiavelli 1228. His central criticism was that learning has stagnant. He learned three distempers of learning: fantastical learning – man’s concern themselves with words, emphasizing text, languages and style; contentious learning – it begins with fixed positions or points of view taken by earlier thinker, and these views are used as the starting points in contentious argumentations; and delicate learning – wherein earlier authors who claimed more knowledge that can be proved, are accepted by readers as knowing as much as they claim, and this account for as the dictator of science. This theory of knowledge was postulated by – a. Thomas Hobbes b. Jean Jacques Rousseau c Gottfried Wilheim von Leinbniz d. Francis Bacon 1229. It is a body of doctrine with reference to some political and cultural plan together with the devices for putting it into operation a. nationalism b. patriotism c. ideology d. communism 1230. This term applies to the position that education should be concerned with the actualities of life. a. naturalism b. idealism c. realism d. existentialism 1231. It is an autocratic educational movement where it held education should equip the student for a happy and successful life as a man of the world. It stressed modern languages, travel, and study of contemporary institutions. a. verbal realism b. educational realism c. social realism d. sense realism 1232. It is the science that seeks to organize and systematize all fields of knowledge as means of understanding and interpreting the totality of reality. a. psychology b. anthropology c. philosophy d. sociology

1233. It refers to the attempt to give a reasoned conception of the universe and man’s place in it. a. psychology b. anthropology c. philosophy d. sociology 1234. It refers to a worldview or a reasoned conception of the whole cosmos, and a life-view or doctrine of values, meanings and purposes of human life. a. psychology b. anthropology c. philosophy d. sociology 1235. It is a search for a comprehensive view of nature, an attempt at a universal explanation of the nature of things. a. psychology b. anthropology c. philosophy d. sociology 1236. It is a systematic and logical explanation of the nature, existence, purposes and relationship of things, including human beings, in the universe. a. psychology b. anthropology c. philosophy d. sociology 1237. This deals with the first principles, the origin and essence of things, the causes and end of things. a. metaphysics b. epistemology c. axiology d. ethics 1238. This deals with knowledge and with ways of knowing. a. metaphysics b. epistemology c. axiology d. ethics 1239. This deals with purposes and values. This also includes the idea of what is right and what is wrong, good and evil, aesthetics, which deals with beauty and ugliness. a. metaphysics b. epistemology c. axiology d. ethics 1240. It is theory concerned with the careful study of the child; a child-centered point of view. a. humanism b. rationalism c. disciplinism d. developmentalism 1241. It is a doctrine that advocated the disciplinary theory of education, which claimed that the mind of the child at birth is a tabula rasa or blank tablet. a. humanism b. rationalism c. disciplinism d. realism 1242. It is theory that the way of life concerned with the fullest realization of the human life. a. humanism b. rationalism c. disciplinism d. realism 1243. It is a philosophy of education that proclaimed the spiritual nature of man. a. idealism b. spiritualism c. realism d. existentialism

1244. This refers the branch of philosophy concerned with the systematic treatment of the relationship of ideas. a. idealism b. essentialism c. realism d. logic 1245. It is educational theory based on a doctrine that opposed that was artificial. a. realism b. naturalism c. rationalism d. developmentalism 1246. It is a philosophy of life concerned with the education that emphasized the realities of life. a. realism b. naturalism c. rationalism d. developmentalism 1247. It is a body of doctrine with reference to some political and cultural plan together with the devices for putting it into operation a. nationalism b. ideology c. patriotism d. communism 1248. It is a philosophical doctrine, which advocated that reason can be a source of knowledge and that truth can best be established by a process of deduction from a priori principle independent of experience. a. humanism b. rationalism c. disciplinism d. realism 1249. It consists of transcendent universals, forms, or ideals, which are the objects of true knowledge. It also involves the belief that there exists, ulterior to all finite existence, an order of form which are real, eternal, self-explanatory, self-moving, intelligible, and purposeful, on which all finite beings and activities human knowledge and morality, are dependent both for their existence and for their meaning. a. naturalism b. realism c. pragmatism d. idealism 1250. This view that the whole of reality is nature. There is no area, knowledge, or experience to which the methods of dealing with nature may be extended. This philosophy subordinates mind to matter and holds that ultimate reality is material. a. existentialism b. essentialism c. naturalism d. progressivism 1251. It is a tendency, movement, or more or less definite system of thought in which stress is placed upon practical consequences and values as standards for explicating philosophic concepts, and as tests for determining their value and truth. a. pragmatism b. humanism c. realism d. naturalism 1252. It is a kind of pragmatism, which stresses thought as an instrument and its function as adapting the human organism to its environment. a. functionalism b. instrumentalism c. humanism d. realism 1253. This educational philosophy has a dual purpose: to educate the individual for his life here on earth

and to prepare him for his life beyond. It is considered as the ultimate aim of education in Christian perfection in this life as prerequisite to the life beyond. a. naturalism b. supernaturalism c. humanism d. pragmatism 1254. This philosophy of education places spiritual things over and above worldly things. Man is both matter and spirit and his spiritual will must prevail over his materials and wordily desires for him to avoid sinning and for him to attain spiritual perfection. a. naturalism b. supernaturalism c. humanism d. pragmatism 1255. This refers to as the doctrine where an indispensable common core of culture knowledge, skills, attitudes, ideals, etc. can be identified. The core should be taught systematically to the learners who should maintain a rigorous standard of achievement. a. existentialism b. essentialism c. naturalism d. progressivism 1256. This theory holds that universals are independent of antecedent to, and more real than the specific individual instances in which they are manifested. This theory is very similar to, if exactly the same as Platonic idealism. a. functionalism b. instrumentalism c. humanism d. realism 1257. This philosophy of education is dominated by the technological experimental advancement which have so powerfully shaped our modern culture; it is concerned with recognizing change and adjusting thorough the use of the scientific method; it concentrates on present problems rather than on the application of a priori principles to the solution of present problems. a. existentialism b. essentialism c. naturalism d. progressivism 1258. Another feature of this philosophy of education is that it considers the child as the center of the education process. The aims of education are formulated in accordance with interest and well-being of the child. The curriculum is constructed to suit the intellectual capacities and other characteristics of the child. a. existentialism b. essentialism c. naturalism d. progressivism 1259. Another feature of this philosophy of education is that it emphasizes learning by doing. The child must participate in all learning activities. a. existentialism b. essentialism c. naturalism d. progressivism 1260. This philosophy of education puts emphasis on uniqueness of the individual. Man functions, grows, develops, makes choices, suffers, experiences intense feelings, and faces God as an individual. a. essentialism b. existentialism c. progressivism d. realism 1262. Education is the process of developing awareness about the freedom of choice and the meaning and responsibility for one’s choice. This is philosophy of education is known as: a. essentialism b. existentialism c. progressivism d. idealism

1263. It is believe that schools should originate policies and progress, which would bring about reform of the social order, and teachers, should use their power to lead the young in the program of social reform. They agree that educational philosophies are culturally based and grow out of a specific cultural pattern conditioned by living at a given time in particular place. This is philosophy of education is known as: a. essentialism b. philosophical analysis c. reconstructionism d. progressivism 1264. This philosophy of education left a legacy characterized by: “Emphasis on the child as the learner, rather on the subject matter;” “Stress on activities and experiences, rather than on textbook reliance and memorization;” and “Absence of fear and punishment for disciplinary purposes.” . This is philosophy of education is known as: a. essentialism b. philosophical analysis c. reconstructionism d. progressivism 1265. It is a philosophy of education that proclaims the spiritual nature of men and the universe. Its basic viewpoint stresses the human spirit, soul or mind as the most important element in life. It holds that the good, true and beautiful are permanently part of their structure of a related, coherent, orderly and unchanging universe. This is philosophy of education is known as: a. idealism b. essentialism c. existentialism d. progressivism 1266. This refers to the universal elements of man that are unchanging regardless of time, place and circumstances. It us these universals that make up the elements in the education of man. Education implies teaching, teaching implies knowledge, knowledge is truth and truth is the same everywhere. This is philosophy of education is known as: a. idealism b. realism c. progressivism d. reconstructionism 1267. This philosophy of education believes that each child follows a logical pattern of growth development and that education must be attuned to these natural patterns. This is philosophy of education is known as: a. Naturalism b. realism c. pragmatism d. existentialism 1268. Possession of a philosophy of education makes an educator – a. a mechanical follower of routine b. an easy victim of “educational fad” c. an intelligent member of the profession d. an expert in selecting subject matter 1269. Education has been derived from the Latin word “educate” which means to – a. guide and direct b. discipline and control c. nourish, bring up, to train d. reflect and meditate 1270. Philosophy of education refers to – a. reflective points of view on education b. goals and objectives of education c. mission statement of education d. update education 1271. Idealism when applied to education emphasizes that – a. material aspect of life b. spiritual nature of nature c. scientific facts d. objective reality 1272. The philosophy of idealism as expounded by Plato, means that – a. ideas, “forms” or universals come ahead of particular b. things existing in man’s world

c. ideas are so real and enduring that objects of senses are reflecting or non-permanent as compared to them d. physical objects are only imperfect embodiment of ideas e. all of these 1273. Realism as a philosophy was expounded by Aristotle in manner – a. nature of things whose existence needs not to be proven is the starting point for philosophizing b. material thing have their own nature, come into existence due to various causes c. the first cause is known as the Prime Mover and who is himself unmoved d. all of these 1274. Which of the following is John Dewey’s pragmatic education philosophy? a. education is life b. education is growth and social process c. education is continuous reconstruction of experience d. all of these 1275. Which of the following explain the maim ideas of Scholasticism? a. man is both physical and spiritual being that is, with body and soul b. man is rational being who knows what is right or wrong c. when there is conflict between reason and faith, the latter should prevail d. all of these 1276. Pragmatism could be best explained in this manner – a. to determine the meaning of any idea, put into practice in the objective world of actualities and whatever its consequences prove to be, these constitute the meaning of idea b. to determine the meaning of any idea, you to rely on your personal, subjective views c. to determine the meaning of any idea, you to rely on your personal, objective views d. none of these 1277. Pragmatism, when applied to education, emphasizes the – a. permanent truth b. that truth is man-made, that there is nothing permanent, everything changes c. future of society d. ultimate reality of anxieties and death e. none of these 1278. Pragmatism rely most on the – a. introspection method b. experimental method c. deductive method d. speculative method 1279. Humanism holds that – a. the aim of education is man’s perfection so that he can live a truly human life b. man is both matter and spirit and has to live by his reason and will c. man’s perfection is achieved through disciplining the material aspect of his lie for spiritual supremacy d. all of these 1280. Existentialism, as a philosophy states that – a. reality is a matter of individual’s own making based on his free choices and decisions b. the world is fundamentally absurd without any purpose that life’s significance is only found in what a person gives to his life c. man cannot escape the reality of anxieties and death d. all of these 1281. Essentialism holds that the aim of education is – a. mastery of science and technology b. adjustment of the child to his world by equipping with the basic knowledge, skills, attitudes, ideals of cultures which are fixed and universal c. complete development of critical and creative mind d. pure spiritual and moral development 1282. When applied to education, existentialism considers the – a. importance of values and religious education b. uniqueness, freedom of choices and experience of man c. undesirable traits of man d. all of these 1283. Of the following stage of human development theories that is a culminating stage? a. Erikson’s conflict between initiative and guilt b. Freud anal stage

c. Piaget’s formal operational stage d. Holophrastic speech e. Kohlberg’s punishment-obedience morality orientation 1284. Which of the following describe a common philosophy of life among simple Filipinos? a. to strive for more material progress at any cost b. to be proud of one’s success c. to maintain harmony with God and man d. to be completely humble and submissive to others 1285. The belief that the aims of education should be arranged in the order of their contribution to human survival is closely associated with which of the following? a. the utilitarian of Spencer b. the naturalism of Rousseau c. the realism of Thomas Aquinas d. the pragmatism of Dewey e. the humanism of Erasmus 1286. Which of the philosophical position could plausibly be taken to support the practice of allowing students to choose their own educational goals and experiences? a. Positivism b. Existentialism c. Essentialism d. Realism e. Perenialism 1287. The teacher uses a variety of instructional materials with different groups of students and expects students largely to direct their own learning. Students are encouraged to select their own topics for learning, devise their own activities and group themselves according to their interests. The teacher usually works with individual or small groups of students throughout the school day. According to the description of the educational values of the teacher appear to be most reflective of which of the following: a. Behaviorism b. Humanism c. Structuralism d. Traditionalism e. Positivism 1288. The essence of education is reason and intuition. This implies that education should concentrate on developing the rational faculty since man’s most distinctive characteristics is his ability to reason. It follows that education should employ methods of mental discipline and the teacher should be an authority of his subject matter. Which educational theory adheres to this position? a. Existentialism b. Perenialism c. Essentialism d. Progressivism 1289. The classroom viewed as a miniature society where pupils engage in problem-solving activities reflective of the personal and social experiences of the children. The emphasis of the classroom is on the acquisition of skills, which can help them solve own real-life problems. Which educational theory is referred to here? a. Progressivism b. Idealism c. Existentialism d. Naturalism 1290. The school should provide for group thinking in a democratic atmosphere that fosters cooperative learning rather than competitive learning. Scientific methods of inquiry complement such atmosphere in the student quest for shared experiences. Which theory advocates this view? a. Progressivism b. Essentialism c. Existentialism d. Perenialism 1291. Growth, though the reconstruction experience, is the nature, and should be open-ended goal of education. Education should lead to more education; initial educative experience should contribute to succeeding more effective experience. The character of learning, as implied here episodic. Which philosophy advocates this goal of education? a. Idealism

b. Pragmatism c. Existentialism d. Realism 1292. When teacher view the learner as a unique, free choosing, and responsible individual made of intellect and emotion, the former would setup situations in the classroom where the learner can develop these aspects of his individuality. What theory underlies this nature of the learner? a. Idealism b. Essentialism c. Realism d. Existentialism 1293. The philosophy believes that ideas are innate to the individual. Hence, the true essence of the Socratic dialogue (questioning method) is analogous to midwifery -to-wring ideas from the learner. Which school of thought underlies this belief? a. Realism b. Idealism c. Language Analysis d. Naturalism 1294. It’s proponents advocate devising paradigms in the educative process like Kenneth B. Henderson’s model in teaching of concepts. In the use of this model, the context of this concept must be taken fully into account because it may otherwise change the meaning of the name given the concept. The model also distinguishes “denotative” from “connotative” concepts. Which theory recommends this method of education? a. Language Analysis b. Existentialism c. Essentialism d. Idealism 1295. The curriculum should concentrate on the basis such as reading, writing, and arithmetic in the elementary, and expansion and continuation of the basics, to include humanities in the secondary level. Which theory recommends this type of curriculum? a. Perennialism b. Essentialism c. Existentialism d. Reconstructionism 1296. Teacher should constantly examine and reexamine their strategies and techniques in the classroom. Empirical researchers should be done on the effectiveness of teaching and teachers. Which theory prescribes this view? a. Existentialism b. Idealism c. Language Analysis d. Realism 1297. Education should be “active” and related to the needs and interest of the learners. Learning occurs amidst movements and activities. The teacher participation is very minimal because the pupils dominate the class activities. Which theory recommends this type of educative process? a. Existentialism b. Perenialism c. Progressivism d. Essentialism 1298. The teacher is the personification of reality in the classroom. Reality, in this belief, is regarded as a creation of the Absolute Mind. In effect, pupils learn though imitation, interest, effort and discipline. The teacher should be emulated. Which is the principal exponent of this role of the teacher? a. Pragmatism b. Naturalism c. Realism d. Idealism 1299. Education is considered both a basic need and right of citizens. This implies that the state should provide for schools so those children will have access to education and satisfy this basic need and exercise of their right. Which philosophy advocates this belief? a. Realism b. Naturalism

c. Idealism d. Pragmatism 1300. Children need a passionate encounter with perennial problems of life, the agony and joy of love, the reality of choices, the anguish of freedom, the consequences of actions, and even the inevitability of death. Both beautiful and ugly or the positive and negative sides of life should be stressed in the educative process. Whose belief is this education? a. Essentialism b. Realism c. Perennialism d. Existentialism 1301. One of the distinctive view of cosmology is – a. Evolutionism b. Idealism c. Naturalism d. All of these 1302. A questioning attitude toward the possibility of having any knowledge – a. Skepticism b. Dualism c. Agnosticism d. Pluralism 1303. Reasoning from particulars to a general conclusion is called – a. Rationalization b. Induction c. Deduction d. Revelation 1304. One of the theories of education whose basic principle is “existence precedes essence” is called – a. Existentialism b. Progressivism c. Perennialism d. Pragmatism 1305. An educational theory, which is sometimes referred to as “experimentation.” a. Existentialism b. Essentialism c. Progressivism d. Pragmatism 1306. A theory founded on the belief that the body of knowledge, which has endured through time and space, should form the basis of one’s education. a. Perennialism b. Pragmatism c. Idealism d. Essentialism 1307. Mind and body are two aspects of a fundamental reality whose nature is unknown – a. Emergency Theory b. Spiritualism c. Parallelism d. Double Aspect Theory 1308. Man has the power of choice and is capable of genuine initiative. a. Determinism b. Creativism c. Free Will d. idealism 1309. It consists of transcendent universals, forms, or ideals, which are the objects of true knowledge. It also involves the belief that there exists, ulterior to all finite existence, an order of form which are real, eternal, self-explanatory, self-moving, intelligible, and purposeful, on which all finite beings and activities human knowledge and morality, are dependent both for their existence and for their meaning. a. naturalism b. realism c. pragmatism d. idealism

1310. This view that the whole of reality is nature. There is no area, knowledge, or experience to which the methods of dealing with nature may be extended. This philosophy subordinates mind to matter and holds that ultimate reality is material. a. existentialism b. essentialism c. naturalism d. progressivism 1311. It is a tendency, movement, or more or less definite system of thought in which stress is placed upon practical consequences and values as standards for explicating philosophic concepts, and as tests for determination their value and truth. a. pragmatism b. humanism c. realism d. naturalism 1312. it is a kind of pragmatism, which stresses thought as an instrument and its function as adapting the human organism to its environment. a. functionalism b. instrumentalism c. humanism d. realism 1313. This educational philosophy has a dual purpose: to educate the individual for his life here on earth and to prepare him for his life beyond. It is considered as the ultimate aim of education in Christian perfection in this life as prerequisite to the life beyond. a. naturalism b. supernaturalism c. humanism d. pragmatism 1314. This philosophy of education places spiritual things over and above worldly things. Man is both matter and spirit and his spiritual will must prevail over his materials and wordily desires for him to avoid sinning and for him to attain spiritual perfection. a. naturalism b. supernaturalism c. humanism d. pragmatism 1315. This refers to as the doctrine where an indispensable common core of culture knowledge, skills, attitudes, ideals, etc. can be identified. The core should be taught systematically to the learners who should maintain a rigorous standard of achievement. a. existentialism b. essentialism c. naturalism d. progressivism 1316. This theory holds that universals are independent of antecedent to, and more real than the specific individual instances in which they are manifested. This theory is very similar to, if exactly the same as Platonic idealism. a. functionalism b. instrumentalism c. humanism d. realism 1317. This philosophy of education is dominated by the technological experimental advancement which have so powerfully shaped our modern culture; it is concerned with recognizing change and adjusting thorough the use of the scientific method; it concentrates on present problems rather than on the application of a priori principles to the solution of present problems. a. existentialism b. essentialism c. naturalism d. progressivism 1318. Another feature of this philosophy of education is that it considers the child as the center of the education process. The aims of education are formulated in accordance with interest and wellbeing of the child. The curriculum is constructed to suit the intellectual capacities and other characteristics of the child. a. existentialism b. essentialism

c. naturalism d. progressivism 1319. Another feature of this philosophy of education is that it emphasizes learning by doing. The child must participate in all learning activities. a. existentialism b. essentialism c. naturalism d. progressivism 1320. This philosophy of education puts emphasis on uniqueness of the individual. Man functions, grows, develops, makes choices, suffers, experiences intense feelings, and faces God as an individual. a. essentialism b. existentialism c. progressivism d. realism 1321. Rousseau established three great principles of teaching that formed the basis of the reforms of Pestalozzi, Herbart and Froebel. These principles are: 1. The Principle of Growth 2. The Principles of Student Activity 3. The Principle of individualization 4. The Principle of Child Readiness 5. The Principle of Child Development 6. The Principles of Real Objective Existence a. 1, 2, and 3 b. 4, 5, and 6 c. 2, 4, and 6 d. 1, 3, and 5 1322. Progressive education left a legacy characterized by: a. emphasis on the child as the learner, rather than on the subject matter. b. stress activities and experiences, rather than on textbook reliance and memorization c. cooperative learning, rather than competitive lesson learning d. absence of fear punishment for disciplinary purposes e. e .all of these 1323. Perennialism represents a conservative theoretical view cantered in the authority of tradition and the classis. Among its major educational principles are: a. truth is universal and does not depend on the circumstances of place, time or person b. a good education involves a search for an understanding of the truth c. truth can be found in the great work of civilization d. education is a liberal exercise that develops the intellect e. all of these 1324. Among the common themes found in the essentialist point of view are: a. the elementary school curriculum should aim to cultivate basis tool skills that contribute to literacy and mastery of arithmetical computation b. the secondary curriculum should cultivate competencies in history, mathematics, science, English and foreign languages c. schooling requires discipline and a respect for legitimate authority d. learning requires hard work and disciplined attention e. all of these 1325. Which of the following is an application of the philosophy of Naturalism in Education? a. education must change the learner’s nature b. education must conform to the natural processes of growth and development c. education must encourage superstition part of nature d. education must accept the learner’s conduct good or bad 1326. Idealism when applied to education emphasis the: a. materials aspects of life b. spiritual; nature of the universe c. scientific facts d. objective reality 1327. Which of the following give much importance to the teacher’s role in society? 1. Eastern Philosophers 2. Idealist 3. Realists

4. Pragmatist 5. Communists a. 1, 3, 4, 5 above b. 1 & 5 only c. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 d. 2, 3, 4, 5 e. 1, 2, 3, 4 1328. What branch of philosophy where on asks “how do we acquire knowledge”? a. Axiology b. Logic c. metaphysics d. epistemology e. ontology 1329. If one wants to become a physician, then he must take up medicine in medical school. What philosophy of education this situation suggested? a. Pragmatism b. Essentialism c. humanism d. supernaturalism e. realism 1330. The explanation “man is both matter and spirit and his natural will must prevail over his materials and worldly desires for him to avoid sins.” What philosophy does statement correlate? a. Humanism b. Supernaturalism c. Essentialism d. Theism e. Reconstructionism 1331. Which of the following sentences expresses a broader meaning of philosophy? a. it is the sum total of the behavior tendencies of a person from a specific stimulus b. it is a man’s beliefs and views about the world, which guides his actions c. it is man’s unexpressed feelings, judgments and convictions d. it is man’s empirical observation which influence education 1332. What do you think is the reason why the role of philosophy of education has been strongly endorsed? a. It serves as an inventory of practices, principles and theories. b. It serves as a means to enlighten what has been found unsound educational practice. c. It serves as a common denominator when diversities and conflicting educational practices arise. d. It serves as punitive device for those who cannot conform to ideal educational practices. 1333. Which of Gandhi’s philosophy, particularly, his being opposed to untouchability and his being an advocate of equal rights of women in reflected is the school practices in the Philippines today? a. Access and equity which means that school must be open to all regardless of race and status; b. Academic freedom, which means that teachers in higher education institutions must use their expertise to teach the truth. c. Progressive scholarship, which means that poor but deserving students must get full financial support for their education. d. Student bookkeeping, which means those students, can move on in their lesson by their own pace. 1334. Which of the following educational implications is called for Plato’s view about the nature of the child, which says that every child is naturally fit for a task in life? a. The teacher should assign pupils to groups for their socialization. b. The teacher should prepare learning tasks that will serve as follow-up for further learning. c. The teacher should develop teaching materials that are adaptable in all school subjects. d. The teacher should develop varied experiences that are commensurate to the developmental levels of other pupils. 1335. Which statement is parallel to Comenius view of the nature of the child, which states that child, is essentially evil but he is rectified through education. a. Little learning is a dangerous thing—Juan Luna b.One evil cannot rectify by another evil—Jose Rizal

c. A crime cannot be expiated by vain lamentation— Jose Rizal d. Through education our Motherland will receive light— Jose Rizal 1336. What kind of education will result if it is patterned after Indian philosophy, which is speculative? a. Teachers will be inclined to use experimentation as method of teaching. b. Superstitious beliefs will be treated as valid as scientific findings. c. Pupil’s objective observations will be encouraged. d. Truths are testable. 1337. Why is the Caste System of India contrary to democracy? a. Absence of social mobility through education b. Religion is more important than education c. Absence of Method of Teaching d. Presence of equity and access in education 1338. In what way will the Bhagavad—Gita as a philosophy coincides with the education philosophy of idealism? a. Reality is atom, thus education is tutorial b. Reality is nature, thus education is contractual c. Reality is spirit, thus education is memorization d. Reality is mind and body, thus education is experimental 1339. Which of those is an example of Mahatma Gandhi’s Theory of Non-violence? a. Character education should lead students to industry and thrift b. Character education should emphasize self-control and tolerance c. Character education should develop subjective values. d. Character education should include military discipline 1340. Buddha spent much of his life and teaching and directing his disciples using proper sequence of ideas. Which method of teaching in contemporary education is similar to this? a. Debate b. Deductive Method c. Socialized recitation d. Inductive method 1341. The Confucian ideal of the superior individual was one who lives a life of rightness, virtue and propriety. What does this means? a. Being educated was a question of conduct and character b. Being educated was a question of wealth and power c. Being educated was a question of rank and status d. Being educated was a question of birth 1342. Taoism of Lao-Tzu as a philosophy states that people were originally happy but suffer now as a result of the changes brought by civilization. Which one parallels this? a. Rousseau who believed that a child is essentially good but he is corrupted by society b. Froebel who believes that a person is a social being c. John Locke who believes that a child’s mind is blank state d. Comenius who believes that a child is essentially evil but rectified through education 1343. Zen Buddhism as a philosophy prized intuition rather than intellectual discovery. What do you think is the adverse effect of this on education? a. Sources of authority in education may not be acknowledged b. Objectivity in the appraisal of knowledge c. Children lack self-confidence d. Learning is more of gut feeling rather that analysis 1344. The Zen method includes physical violence, such as striking the head. What prohibition in the Philippines Education System parallels this? a. Physical exercise during class sessions b. Ice breakers in between lessons c. Corporal punishment in the classroom d. All of these 1345. One of the fundamental concepts of Judaism is the belief that God cares for the world and all its creatures. What educational implications may be made from this concept in teaching? a. God may be viewed as a loving Father b. God may be viewed as a protector of all c. God may be viewed as a reverend authority d. All of these

1346. One of the philosophers of Christian church was St. Thomas Aquinas who wrote “De Magistro” which considers that the teacher as the secondary cause of learning. What education implications may be derived from this? a. Learning will take place even without the teacher b. The environment, including the teacher plays vital role in the pupils learning c. The pupils themselves are responsible for their learning as they interact with the environment d. God can inspire the teacher as he manages the learning process 1347. For western thinkers, progress is measured in terms of better jobs and more practical and efficient social system. For the Eastern philosophers’ progress may mean nonattachment and the development of one’s inner being. Which one is close to both Eastern and Western thoughts? a. Eastern philosophy is concerned about ethics and aesthetics b. Western philosophy equates development with economic progress c. Eastern philosophy is spiritual in her approach to development d. All of these 1348. Eastern philosophy states that one cannot live a good life unless he is transformed. Which concept of education parallels this thinking? a. Learning is behavioral change b. Learning is organization of values and attitudes c. Learning is experiencing life d. Learning is acquisition of facts and information 1349. In terms of curriculum and methods how does Eastern philosophy differ from Western philosophy? Which one belongs to Western philosophy? a. Leaders gather together the thoughts of the day in the form of sutras, which required commentaries to make them intelligible. b. Yoga, in which the mind enters a trance where it is emptied of all content, unaware of subject or object. c. Oral discourse and dialectic d. Oral tradition and reading of sacred literature 1350. Which of these is NOT true about philosophy of education and the teacher? a. Increase the teacher’s awareness of his life and career b. Teacher makes decisions and act accordingly c. Cultivates a wide range of interest. d. Contrary to what he believes is his philosophy 1351. What do you think makes democracy as philosophy better than communism? Democracy aims a. To develop the person to the maximum of his capacity b. To develop the person to become a citizen who can be called to defend his country from invaders c. To provide subsidy to the needy. d. To provide education for religiosity 1352. Rousseau, in his book, Emile tried to convince people that a child be educated in the environment of the home, especially the learning language. What do you think was the method? a. Alphabetic-phonetic method b. Structural analysis method c. Communicative competence method d. Natural method 1353. Plato, in his book THE REPUBLIC stated that every person should serve where his talents fit. What is its educational implication? a. One’s economic status determines his profession b. Regardless of status in life one can raise his career by using his abilities to the maximum c. The bright should serve the bright and poor should serve the poor d. Top position should be occupied by the rich 1354. The dialectic method was believed to be the best method of learning by this philosophy because it was regarded as a critical method of thinking. It was widely used throughout the Middle Ages particularly by Christian educators. It is still very popular in our school but now in the form of informal dialectic as in questioning and discussion sessions. Which philosophy is closely associated with this method? a. Pragmatism b. Existentialism

c. Naturalism d. Idealism 1355. This Western philosophy has affinity for precision and order. The desire for order and precision has been imbibed by Filipino educators as manifested in such contemporary school practices as ringing bells, set time periods for study, departmentalization in the higher educational level, daily lesson plan, course scheduling, increasing specialization in curriculum, prepackaged curriculum materials, line-staff from of administration organization. Which philosophy has advocated such practices? a. Scholasticism b. Realism c. Idealism d. Pragmatism 1356. The civil service examination for entry to government position and to the various professions is popularly perceived as fitting culmination of one’s formal education in our country today. It has its origin in a country considered to have nurtured to the world’s human culture. Which country is referred to here? a. Saudi Arabia b. Japan c. India d. China 1357. Though it is not yet widespread, some teachers employ this Oriental method of yoga to instill discipline and order in the class. While the practice does not really approximate the real method, some teachers resort it to for this purpose? a. Islam b. Hinduism c. Buddhism d. Shintoism 1358. The teaching of rules of conduct in the classroom and their classroom and their application in the home and community has been the influence of an ancient Eastern philosophy. As in Kantian moral philosophy an ancient Oriental sage has advocated a universal maxim of human conduct. Which philosophy is referred to here? a. Judaism b. Buddhism c. Confucianism d. Islam 1359. The fatalistic attitude of many Filipinos particularly the disadvantages families, has built up their negative attitude toward education. They do not consider education as if factor for social mobility or a sound investment in human resource development. Which Eastern philosophy has influenced us in this attitude? a. Hinduism b. Confucianism c. Buddhism d. Islam 1360. Teacher-student relationship is given much emphasis in our schools. This evidence of the personalistic element of Filipino culture is carried over to schools from our legacy of a closely-knit family structure where there is respected and loyalty to elders. As an elder, the Filipino teacher is expected to be similarly treated by her pupils. Which ancient Eastern philosophy has greatly contributed to this tradition? a. Hinduism b. Buddhism c. Islam d. Confucianism 1361. Through their varied experiences in life and lessons in school, pupils in particular and people in general would come to realize that there are forces and laws that govern their life; and that their free will or choices have no power to control or change them. Most of their science lessons would confirm this philosophical concept. Which concept or principle is referred to here? a. Principle of integration b. Appetitive principle c. Principle of determination d. Categorical imperative 1362. When the teacher leads the class to conduct a scientific inquiry to test its observations of a certain phenomenon, his methodology is consisted with this epistemological concept. Which theory is involved here?

a. Coherence theory b. Correspondence theory c. Experimental theory d. Experimental theory 1363. When the teacher presents objects and asks the pupils to describe them in terms of qualities perceived through the use of the senses, the activity is rooted in a certain epistemological theory. Which theory of knowledge is primarily involved in these learning tasks? a. Revelationism b. Intuitionism c. Rationalism d. Empiricism 1364. In another instance, a teacher leads the class to learn a mathematical truth discovered thousands of years ago by Pythagoras, a Greek mathematicism, which type of knowledge is appealed to by this method? a. Empirical knowledge b. Authoritative knowledge c. Rational knowledge d. Initiative knowledge 1365. When the leader leads the class to discover truth by relating parts of the whole as in the case of most truths in formal sciences like logic and mathematics, the class is strictly adhering to certain theory of truth. Which theory is referred to here? a. Coherence theory b. Correspondence theory c. Theory of verifiability d. Pragmatic theory 1366. A teacher who subscribes to the progressivist theory of education would embrace certain reforms in connection with methodology. He would discard traditional ones in favor of modern practices. Which is one is considered a progressivist reform in methodology/ a. Greater participation for the learner’s b. Formal instruction pattern c. Strict eternal discipline d. Teacher domination of activities 1367. The existentialist position in teaching is that the teacher need not be a successful teacher but an honest one. Besides, the teacher here offers knowledge. If asked to present his views on a controversial issue, he gives his views without asking the class to accept them. The class can either accept or reject the teacher’s views. More often then not, the class accepts the teacher’s stand because it is well-studied one. How is the teacher described in this role? a. The teacher is an authority b. The teacher is nondirective c. The teacher is a model to be emulated d. The teacher is directive 1368. There is a universally accepted principle that “the child educates himself in great measure.” Most of his knowledge is based on what he discovers in his own active relations with things and people, as a great philosopher advised the way to do this is to tell the learner as little as possible and induce him to discover as much as possible. What educational concept supports this view? a. Education should be based on needs and interest of the learner b. Education should engage the spontaneous self-activity and volition of the learner c. Learning experiences should be drawn from the personal and social experiences of the learner d. Education is a lightly personal process that involves the learner alone. 1369. The teacher should be a fellow worker with God in perfecting man. At times he/she becomes the very father or mother of the pupil’s soul. His/hers is the task of perfecting mind, the highest form of existence in the common. Which theory advocates this role of the teacher? a. Idealism b. Naturalism c. Realism d. Pragmatism 1370 According to one of its popular exponents, it is the educator’s responsibility to see equally two things in the problem-solving method. First, that the problem grows not of the condition of the experience being had I the present and that is within the capacity of the students. Secondly, that is such that if arouses in the learner an active quest for information and for production of new ideas. To which school of thought do these ideas belong?

a. Naturalism b. Realism c. Idealism d. Pragmatism 1371. The curriculum is a means of forming desirable habits. The objectives of the curriculum are habits or tendencies to acquire use, and enjoy truth. It is suggested that the way to form these habits is by mastery of organized subject matter. Which theory advocates this view of the curriculum? a. Essentialism b. Idealism c. Realism d. Pragmatism 1372. Its proponents advocate devising in the education process like Kenneth H. Henderson’s model in the teaching of concepts. In the use of this model, the context of the concept must be taken fully into account because it may otherwise change the meaning of the name given the concept. The model also distinguishes “connotative” concept. Which theory recommends this method of education? a. Language Analysis b. Existentialism c. Essentialism d. Idealism 1373. The curriculum should concentrate on the basic such reading, writing and arithmetic in the elementary, and expansion and continuation of the basics to include humanities in the secondary level. Which theory recommends this type of the curriculum? a. Perennialism b. Existentialism c. Essentialism d. Reconstructionism 1374. Teachers should constantly examine or re-examine their strategies and techniques in the classroom. Empirical researchers should be done on the effectiveness of teaching and teachers. Which theory prescribes this view? a. Perennialism b. Existentialism c. Essentialism d. Reconstructionism 1375. Education should be active and related to the needs and interests of the learners. Learning occurs amidst movements and activities. The teacher’s participation is very minimal because the pupils dominate the class activities. Which theory recommends this type of educative process? a. Existentialism b. Progressivism c. Perennialism d. Essentialism 1376. The teacher is a personification of reality in the classroom, reality, in this belief, is regarded as a creation of the Absolute Mind. In effect, pupils learn through imitation, interest, effort, and discipline. The teacher is to be emulated. Which is the principal exponent of this role of the Teacher? a. Pragmatism b. Realism c. Naturalism d. Idealism 1377. Education is considered both a basic need and right of citizens. This implies that the state should provide for schools so that children will have access to education and satisfy this basic need and exercise their right. Which philosophy advocates this belief? a. Realism b. Idealism c. Naturalism d. Pragmatism 1378. Student needs a passionate encounter with the perennial problems of the life, the agony and joy of life, the reality of choice; the anguish of freedom, the consequences of actions; and even the inevitability of death. Both the beautiful and ugly of the positive and negative sides of life should be stressed in the educative process. Whose belief is this in education? a. Essentialism b. Perennialism

c. Realism d. Existentialism 1379. This Philosophy believes that ideas are innate to the individual. Hence, the true essence of the Socratic dialoguem dialogue (questioning method) is analogous to midwifery—to out ideas from the learner. Which school of thought underlies this belief? a. Realism b. Language Analysis c. Idealism d. Nationalism 1380. The curriculum should include only those, which have survived the test and combine the symbols and ideas of literature, history and mathematics with the sciences of the physical word, such curriculum contains virtues that are deemed universal and unchanging. With theory prescribes this nature of the curriculum? a. Essentialism b. Perennialism c. Reconstructionalism d. Realism 1381. Teachers regard themselves as surrogate parents along the “loco parents” principle. This belief stems from the view that education starts from the home with parents as the first teachers, and is continued in the school, a social institution that should provide sustained guidance and protection to the young learner. This implies that parents have the primary responsibility of educating their children. Which school of thought espouses this nature of education? a. Pragmatism b. Realism c. Naturalism d. Idealism 1382. The teacher presents principles and values and the reason for them encouraging students to examine them in order to choose for themselves whether or not to accept them, to choose fro themselves whether or not to accept them the teacher’s role is to offer knowledge. Which theory advocates this role of teacher? a. Reconstructionism b. Essentialism c. Idealism d. Existentialism 1383. The class identifies a social or economic problem requiring an urgent solution; discuss various means of solving it; arrives at a consensus on the means of solving the problems; and sets out to effect the solution in the community to eradicate the problem. The end viewers to effect change in the community to make it a better place to live in. Which theory recommends this educative process? a. Progressivism b. Reconstructionism c. Essentialism d. Idealism 1384. The school provide for group thinking in a democratic atmosphere at that foster cooperative learning than competitive learning. Scientific methods of inquiry compliment such atmosphere in the student’s quest for shared experience. Which theory advocates this view? a. Progressivism b. Existentialism c. Essentialism d. Perennialism 1385. Growth, through the reconstruction of experiences, is the nature, and should be openminded goal of education. Education should lead to more education, initial educative experience should contribute to a succeeding more effective experience. The character of learning as implied here is episodic. Which philosophy advocates this goal of education? a. Idealism b. Existentialism c. Pragmatism d. Realism 1386. When a teacher views the learner as a unique free choosing and responsible individual made us of intellect and emotion, the former would set up situation in the classroom where the learner can develop these aspects of his individuality. What theory underlies this nature of the learner? a. Idealism b. Realism

c. Essentialism d. Existentialism 1387. The classroom is viewed as a miniature society where pupils engage in problem-solving activities reflective of the personal and social experiences of the children. The emphasis in this classroom is on the acquisition of skills, which can help them solve own real-life problems. Which educational theory is referred to here? a. Progressivism b. Essentialism c. Idealism d. Naturalism 1388. The essence of education is reason and intuition. This implies that education should concentrate on developing the rational faculty since man’s most distinctive characteristic is his ability is his ability to reason. It follows that education should employ methods of mental discipline and the teacher should be an authority of his subject matter. Which educational theory adheres to this position? a. Existentialism b. Perennialism c. Essentialism d. Progressivism 1389. Which education philosophy emphasizes adjustment to and ever changing society? a. Idealism b. Realism c. Pragmatism d. Essentialism 1390. How do you describe the curriculum in a realistic school? a. subject-centered b. society-centered c. society-centered d. school-centered 1391. Which group of teacher will favor the transmission of subject matter? a. Essentialism and Perennialism b. Pragmatism and Progressivism c. Essentialism and Progressivism d. Pragmatism and Perennialism 1392. Mr. Vela puts so much importance on discipline and values development. What could be his education philosophy? a. Pragmatism b. Progressivism c. Realism d. Idealism 1393. Mrs. Reyes is a pragmatic teacher what could be her major or outstanding characteristic? a. Model of moral and intellectual b. Authority in the classroom c. Master of subject d.Socially aware 1394. Mr. Avila is a Realistic teacher. In which learning activities will her students engage? a. Discussion of controversial issues b. Visiting poor communities c. Hands-on activities d. observation and imitation 1395. Mrs. Flores believes that is very necessary for the students to know the laws of nature because these will help them solve their problem. What could be her basic educational philosophy? a. Progressivism b. Idealism c. Pragmatism d. Essentialism 1396. Why does a teacher need to have a philosophy of education? a. It makes her knowledgeable b. it serves as basis in making decision c. It allows her to become credible

d. it develops her self-concept and esteem 1397. What is a distinct-feature of Montessori education? a. The pupils study their lesson at the same time b. The pupils are exposed to manipulate activities c. The pupils are encourage to emulate others d. The pupils are given more opportunities to learn through competition 1398. Herbert stressed the principle of apperception. How does a teacher apply it? a. By using motivation techniques b. By reviewing the learner about concepts related to the present lesson c. By making the learner formulate generalization d. By letting the learner apply what they learned 1399. Who were the educational philosophers who gave much consideration to the learner? a. Plato, Ratke b. Confucius, Rousseau, Montessori c. Froebel, Montessori d. Herbart, Pestalozzi, Ratke 1400. Miss Cruz believes that “what is true today may no longer be true tomorrow.” What learning objective will she stress? a. Development of thinking skills b. Development of moral character c. Acquisition of knowledge d. Acquisition of information 1401. Mrs. Cruz is a realist teacher while Miss David is a pragmatic teacher. In what respect are they similar? a. Both emphasize the development of self b. Both emphasize on learning by doing c. Both emphasize on the importance of knowledge d. Both emphasize on recalling and instruction 1402. Value education is offered as a separate subject in the NSEC while value development is ___. a. emphasized for creativity and productivity b. integrated with Technology and Home Economics c. emphasized in Science and Technology d. integrated in all subject areas 1403. Aside from the appropriation by Congress for the support of public education ____ was enacted to aid provincial, municipal, city and barrio schools. a. RA No. 7784 c. RA No. 5447 b. RA No. 7731 d. RA No. 7743 1404. By constitutional mandate the state shall exercise reasonable supervision and regulation of all educational institutions. This means that the state may ___. a. take charge of the administration of educational institutions b. impose minimum requirements and conditions upon which school may operate c. set and dictate the policies of private schools d. collect taxes from donations or contributions given directly for educational purposes. 1405. Rapid technological development facilities transmission of knowledge for educational purposes, whether formal or informal through media technology. This development is called ___. a. Sine Skwela Technology b. Mass Media Technology c. Distance Educational Technology d. Computer Assisted Technology 1406. Institutions of learning are required to meet the minimum standards for state recognition but are encouraged to set higher standards of quality over and above the minimum through ____ as provided in Educational Act of 1982. a. life-long education b. voluntary accreditation c. formal education d. academic freedom 1407. Which of the following is NOT provided in Education Act of 1940? a. the national support of elementary education

b. the double-single session plan in the elementary schools c. the six-year elementary course d. vocational education in the public schools 1408. The primary objective in the regionalization of the educational system is to ___. a. encourage the undertaking of language researches in various regions b. take into account local needs and condition and encourage local development planning c. get assurance that all educational policies are implemented nationwide d. promote quality education at all levels and in all communities of the country 1409. These are also known as “combination classes” organized in barrios/barangays where the required number of pupils of the same grade levels has not met the required number to make a separate class thus the teacher apportions class time for instruction to every grade level within class. These are ____. a. extension classes b. heterogeneous classes c. multi-grade classes d. homogenous classes 1410. Which policy of the State does the National Secondary Assessment Test (NSAT) enhance? a. the coordination of functions and activities of education institutions b. the evaluation of the graduates of secondary schools c. the offering of scholarships to deserving students d. the maintenance of the highest quality of education 1411. To fight illiteracy, the 1987 Constitution mandates that the state shall maintain a system of free education in elementary and high school. Further it provides that ___. a. elementary education should be compulsory for all children of school age b. formal and non-formal education should be compulsory c. elementary and high school education should be compulsory d. education at all levels should be compulsory 1412. According to the Constitution, the State is required to establish and maintain free public and compulsory education in the ____. a. elementary level only b. secondary level c. secondary and tertiary levels d. elementary and secondary levels 1413. The recognition of teachers as persons in authority was conferred to them during the ___. a. Spanish rule b. Japanese regime c. American rule d. Commonwealth government 1414. Section V, Article XIV of the 1986 Constitution provides that the State shall assign the highest budgetary priority to education to ____ a. encourage teacher to conduct more researchers and studies on the arts and culture b. ensure that all schools are provided with modern equipment and facilities c. attack the best available talents through adequate remuneration d. curtail the exodus of the teachers seeking employment abroad 1415. The primary objective of bilingual education is to prepare the learners to be ____. a. proficient in Filipino and eight major dialects b. globally competitive c. proficient in English and another foreign language d. proficient in both Filipino and English 1416. According to Magna Carta for Teachers, a teacher assigned to a school ten or more kilometers from the poblacion without regular means of transportation to reach, is entitle to ___. a. a hardship allowance of 25 percent of the monthly salary as additional compensation b. an additional compensation of 50 percent of the monthly salary c. service credits of one day for every five days of service during the whole year d. the privilege of teaching only four days a week 1417. The operation “Return to the Basics” saw its embodiment in the ____. a. National Elementary Achievement Test b. New Secondary Education Curriculum c. National Secondary Achievement Test d. New Elementary School Curriculum

1418. Values education in the NSEC is offered as a separate subject as values development in the NSEC is ___. a. integrated with Technology and Home Economics b. integrated in all subjects c. emphasized for creativity and productivity d. emphasized in Science and Technology 1419. To strengthen teacher education the Teacher Education Council created under RA No. 7764 will choose a private or public college engaged in pre-service, continuing, formal and non-formal education of teachers in strategic places in each region of the country based on certain criteria. This will be called ____ a. Department of Teacher Education b. Teacher Education Center of Excellence c. Commission on Teacher Education d. Teacher Education Commission 1420. Which policy of the State does the administration of the National Elementary Achievement Test (NEAT) enhance? a. the maintenance of the highest quality of education b. the evaluation of elementary grade graduates c. the revision of elementary education curriculum to make it responsible to the needs of the time d. the coordination of functions and activities of education institutions 1421. Professionalization of teachers and teaching as promulgated in Presidential Decree No. 1006, defines teaching as profession concerned with classroom institution ____. a. by teachers on full-time basis b. at the tertiary level in both public and private institutions c. at the elementary and secondary levels in both public and private schools d. by teachers of permanent status 1422. The Educational Act of 1982 expressly granted institutions of higher learning the freedom to determine on academic grounds that shall be admitted to study, who may teach and what shall be the subjects of study and research. This refers to ____. a. academic freedom b. constitutional freedom c. educational freedom d. institutional freedom 1423. In the Preamble of the Code of Ethics for Professional Teachers, which of the following teacher descriptions is included in the Code of Ethics for Professional Teachers? a. Persons of dignity and reputation b. Duly licensed professional c. With satisfactory teaching performance d. Passed the licensure exams for teachers 1424. In a DECS Memorandum issued last 1998, the new name of multi-grade is ___. a. paaralan ng bahay b. friendly school c. escuela nueva d. school of the future 1425. The encouragement of self-learning, independent, and out-of-school study programs as stated in the 1987 Constitution has given rise to ___. a. the clamor for a Grade VII b. the conduct of NEAT and NSAT c. the implementation of open universities and distance learning programs d. institutionalization of early childhood care and development 1426. The 1987 Philippine Constitution states the following EXCEPT – a. The National language of the Philippines is Filipino b. The official language of the Philippines are Filipino and English c. Filipino is the Tagalog of the Tagalog speaking provinces d. The government shall initiate and sustain the use of Filipino as medium of official communication and as a language of instruction in the education system 1427. A presidential body to study Philippines Education created by virtue of Executive Order No. 46 during the incumbency of DECS Secretary Andrew Gonzales with an aim to study Philippine Education is the ___. a. Presidential Commission on Educational Reform b. Commission on Philippine Education

c. Survey Outcomes of Elementary Education d. Philippine Commission to Survey Philippine Education 1428. The Constitutional provision on language has the following aims EXCEPT – a. to make the regional dialect as auxiliary media of instructions in regional schools b. to maintain English as a second language c. to make Filipino the sole medium of instruction d. to make Filipino the national language and medium of instruction and communication

official

1429. The introduction of nonformal education in life with the Constitution provision on ___. a. protection of teachers b. promoting the rights of all citizens to make quality education accessible to all c. acceptance, affection and achievement d. affection, ability, attitudes 1430. With regards to business, which does the Code of Ethics say about teachers? a. a teacher shall maintain a good reputation with respect to debts, loans and other financial matters b. no teacher shall be financially interested in any commercial venture involving textbooks and other school commodities where he/she can exercise official influence c. no teacher shall act as an agent of textbooks and other school commodities where he/she can exercise official influence d. a teacher may not engage in any kind of business 1431. Which is ethical for a teacher to do in a situation where he/she falls in love with a student or when a student falls in love with his/her teacher? a. the teacher advises the student to discontinue with his/her studies b. the teacher resigns from his/her teaching job c. the teacher avoids that learner d. the teacher exercises discretion to avoid scandal and gossip and preferential treatment of that learner 1432. Miss Connie Cepeda is newly appointed teacher. The principal handed a copy of the Teacher’s Code of Ethics. Which could have been the motive of the principal? a. acquaint her with principles of moral behavior, conduct and relationship in the practice of profession b. make her aware of the principles and rules prescribed under the authority of the state c. familiarize her with the generally customs of right living in a society d. provides her a set of rules and regulation to observe in school 1433. Ms. Shrilly Ann Regalado is newly appointed teacher. The principal advised her to avoid any conduct, which discredits the teaching profession. Which of the following action will not any manner discredit the teaching profession? a. writing anonymous letters b. revealing confidential information to authorities concerned c. assigning undeserved grades d. joining social drinking and gambling session 1434. As a teacher you enjoy certain rights, which have corresponding responsibility. Which situation reflects balance of rights and authority? a. allow your husband a once a week completely free night out with his own friends b. ask your husband to give you once a week, a similar completely free night out with friends c. insists on going together on your once a week free night together d. refuse your husband request for a once a weeknight out 1435. Which of the following is less evil? A teacher had to collect money from parents to defray expenses of an elaborate Graduation Program. a. request rich parents to start the collection and serve as model for the poor parents b. teach children to find means and ways to get the amount of money needed c. ask children to deposit half of their money for recess to the teacher d. present simple program to cut down on expenses 1436. In recent years there has been an increasing emphasis on non-formal education. What is the major concern of non-formal education in the Philippine context? a. acquisition of appropriate vocational and technical skills b. dislike of white collar jobs c. eradication of illiteracy d. love of arts in all forms 1437. The Philippine Education Act of 1982 defines the areas of concern of the three levels of the education system. Which is the mission of the elementary education? a. an enlightened, disciplined, creative and productive citizen

b. modern and up-to-date methods and materials c. an effective and efficient teacher d. relevant and quality curriculum 1438. Which of the following is a value thrust of the New Elementary Education? a. pursuit of higher intellectual and moral values b. extension and deepening of social concerns c. development of a sense of nationhood d. preservation of democratic values 1439. The main purpose of the compulsory study of the Constitution in the Philippine schools is to ___. a. prepare students for law-making b. acquaint students with the historical development of the Philippine Constitution c. make constitutional experts of the students d. develop the students into responsible, thinking citizens 1440. In the Preamble of the Code of Ethics of Professional Teachers, which is not mentioned about teachers? a. possess dignity and reputation b. with high moral values as well as technical and professional competence c. LET passers d. duly licensed professionals 1441. Whom does the Code of Ethics of Professional Teachers NOT cover? a. teachers in the tertiary level b. all full-time or part-time public and private school teachers and administrators c. teachers in all educational institutions at the pre-school, elementary and secondary levels d. teachers of academic, vocational, special, technical or non-formal institutions 1442. In the most recent curriculum introduced in 2002, Makabayan is a subject – a. singles out Values Education b. serves as a practice environment for holistic learning c. compartmentalizes subject excluding English, Filipino, Science and Math d. integrates English, Filipino, Science and Math 1443. The Filipino learner envisioned by the Department of Education is one who is imbued with the desirable values of a person who is – a. makabayan, makasarili, makakalikasan, at maka-Diyos b. makabayan, makatao, makahalaman,at maka-Diyos c. makabayan, makakaragatan, makatao, at maka-Diyos d. makabayan, makatao, makakalikasan, at maka-Diyos 1444. Which is NOT a characteristic of the 2002 Basic education Curriculum? a. more integrated b. more compartmentalized c. more holistic d. makes use of interdisciplinary approach 1445. Which program was adopted to provide universal access to basic education to eradicate illiteracy? a. “paaralan-sa-bawat-barangay” b. education for all c. values education framework d. science and education development plan 1446. The Philippine constitution directs the teaching of religion in public schools on the following conditions EXCEPT – a. option is expressed in writing b. without cost to the government c. with cost shouldered by the parents or guardians d. given only at the option of parents or guardians 1447. The adoption of national language directed by the Philippine Constitution is designed primarily to – a. facilitate communication among diverse linguistic groups b. do away from colonial mentality c. officially adopt Tagalog as national language d. counteract elitism 1448. What statement is FALSE with reference to Section 1 and Section 2, Article XIV of the 1987 Constitution? a. Quality education is a privilege in so far as all citizens are concerned. b. Public education in the elementary is free and compulsory.

c. Scholarship grants, student loan programs, subsidies and other incentives to deserving students in both public and private schools. d. Nonformal, informal and indigenous learning, self-learning, independent, and out-of-school study programs are encouraged. 1449. What statement is FALSE with reference to the provisions of Section 3, Article XIV of the 1987 Constitution? a. The study of the Constitution shall be included in the curricula of all educational institution. b. Religion shall be allowed to be taught in public elementary and high schools within the regular class hours. c. Nationalism, patriotism, love of humanity, respect for human rights, and appreciation of the role of national heroes shall be inculcated and fostered in all schools. d. The rights and duties of citizenship shall be taught, ethical and moral values strengthened, moral character and discipline developed, critical and creative thinking encouraged, scientific and technological knowledge broadened, vocational efficiency to be promoted. 1450. What statement is FALSE with reference to the implementing guidelines the policy on bilingual education as contained in Department Order No. 25, s. 1974? a. Bilingual education is defined operationally as the separate use of Filipino and English as media of instruction in definite subject areas; Arabic shall be used in areas where necessary. b. English and Filipino are used as media of instruction in Grade I in all schools, except in those schools using the vernacular. c. English and Filipino shall be taught as language subjects in all grades in the elementary and secondary schools. d. Filipino shall be used as medium of instruction in social studies, science, worked education, health education and physical education. English shall remain as medium. 1451. What statement is False with reference to Section 6 and 7 of Article XIV of the 1987 Constitution? a. The national language of the Philippines is Filipino. It shall be further developed and enriched on the basis of existing Philippine and other languages. b. For purposes of communication and instruction, the official languages of the Philippines are Filipino and English. c. The use of Filipino as a medium of official communication and as language of instruction in the educational system is an executive prerogative. d. Spanish and Arabic shall be promoted on a vocabulary and optional basis. 1452. What statement is FALSE with regard to the provisions of Section 10-19 of Article XIV of the 1986 Constitution? a. Considering that science and technology are essential for national development, the State shall give priority to science and technology education. b. Equal access to cultural opportunities is ensured through the educational system. c. All educational institutions are mandated to undertake regular sports activities throughout the country. d. The evolution of a Filipino national cultural based on one ethnic culture shall be fostered. 1453. What statement is NOT TRUE with reference to Section 4, Article XIV of the 1987 Constitution? a. The control and administration of educational institution shall be vested in the citizen of the Philippines. b. No educational institution, without exception, shall be established exclusively for aliens and no group of aliens shall comprise more than one-third of the enrolment in any school. c. Academic freedom shall be enjoyed in all institutions of higher learning. d. The State shall enhance the right of teachers to professional advancement; the State shall assign the highest budgetary priority to education and ensure that teaching will retain its rightful share of the best available talents through adequate remuneration and others means of job satisfaction and fulfillment. 1454. Batas Pambansa Blg. 232, Sec. 13:2 provides institutions the freedom to determine on academic grounds that shall be admitted to study, who shall teach, and what shall be the subject and research. This statement means: a. Philippine education provides equal access to cultural opportunities. b. Philippine education recognizes academic freedom. c. Philippine education encourages voluntary accreditation. d. Philippine education accord rights to and imposes duties and obligations upon school administrators or managers. 1455. Batas Pambansa Blg. 232, Sec. 12 grants school managers the right to be deemed persons in authority in the discharge of lawful duties and responsibilities and shall therefore be accorded due respect and protection. This statement means: a. Philippine education provides equal access to cultural opportunities. b. Philippine education recognizes academic freedom. c. Philippine education encourages voluntary accreditation.

d. Philippine education accord rights to and imposes duties and obligations upon school administrators or managers. 1456. The State shall ensure that all the people shall be given as much as possible equal chance of obtaining an education and cultured life. This statement means: a. Philippine education provides equal access to cultural opportunities. b. Philippine education recognizes academic freedom. c. Philippine education encourages voluntary accreditation. d. Philippine education accord rights to and imposes duties and obligations upon school administrators or managers. 1457. The Educational Act of 1982 otherwise known as B.P. Blg. 32, in Sec. 29, encourages intended official approval for institution and programs which desire to meet standards of quality over and above the minimum requirements for State recognition. a. Philippine education provides equal access to cultural opportunities. b. Philippine education recognizes academic freedom. c. Philippine education encourages voluntary accreditation. d. Philippine education accord rights to and imposes duties and obligations upon school administrators or managers. 1458. Which of the following is a right granted to students as provided in B. P. 232, Sec. 9:19? a. The right to receive, through primarily competent instruction, relevant quality education in line with national goals and conducive to their full development as persons with human dignity. b. The right to free expression of opinion and suggestions and to effective channels of communications with appropriate academic and administrative bodies of the school or institution. c. The right to organize themselves and/or with teachers for the purpose of providing a forum for the discussion of matters relating to the school programs. d. The right of institutions of higher learning top determines on academic grounds that shall be admitted to study, who may teach, and what shall be the subject of the study and research. 1459. Which of the following is a right granted to parents as provided in B. P. 232, Sec. 8:1-2? a. The right to receive, through primarily competent instruction, relevant quality education in line with national goals and conducive to their full development as persons with human dignity. b. The right to free expression of opinion and suggestions and to effective channels of communications with appropriate academic and administrative bodies of the school or institution. c. The right to organize themselves and/or with teachers for the purpose of providing a forum for the discussion of matters relating to the school programs. d. The right of institutions of higher learning top determines on academic grounds that shall be admitted to study, who may teach, and what shall be the subject of the study and research. 1460. Which of the following is a right granted to school personnel as provided in B. P. Blg. 232, Sec. 10:1-4? a. The right to receive, through primarily competent instruction, relevant quality education in line with national goals and conducive to their full development as persons with human dignity. b. The right to free expression of opinion and suggestions and to effective channels of communications with appropriate academic and administrative bodies of the school or institution. c. The right to organize themselves and/or with teachers for the purpose of providing a forum for the discussion of matters relating to the school programs. d. The right of institutions of higher learning top determines on academic grounds that shall be admitted to study, who may teach, and what shall be the subject of the study and research. 1461. Which of the following is a right granted to schools as provided in B. P. 232, Sec. 13:1-2? a. The right to receive, through primarily competent instruction, relevant quality education in line with national goals and conducive to their full development as persons with human dignity. b. The right to free expression of opinion and suggestions and to effective channels of communications with appropriate academic and administrative bodies of the school or institution. c. The right to organize themselves and/or with teachers for the purpose of providing a forum for the discussion of matters relating to the school programs. d. The right of institutions of higher learning top determines on academic grounds that shall be admitted to study, who may teach, and what shall be the subject of the study and research.

1462. Which of the following is a right granted to teachers as provided in B. P. 232, Sec. 1:14? a. The right of access to his own school records, the confidentiality of which the school shall maintain and observe. b. The right to be free from compulsory assignments not related to their duties as defined in their appointments or employment contracts, unless compensated thereof, conformable to existing laws. c. The right to be free from involuntary contributions except those imposed by their own organizations. d. The right to establish join and maintain labor organizations of their choice to promote their welfare and defend their interests. 1463. What statement is FALSE with reference to Section 16 “Teachers’ Obligations” of the Batas Pambansa Blg. 232? a. Perform his duties to the school by discharging his responsibilities in accordance with the philosophy, goals and objectives of the school. b. Be accountable for the efficient and effective attainment of specified learning objectives in pursuance of national development goals, within the limits of available school resources. c. Assume the responsibility to maintain and sustain his professional; growth and advancement and maintain professionalism in the behavior at all times. d. Exercise his rights responsibly in the knowledge that he is answerable for any infringement or violation of the public welfare and of the rights of others. 1464. What statement is FALSE with reference to Section 14 “Duties and Responsibilities of Students” of the Batas Pambansa Blg. 232? a. Uphold the academic integrity of the school, endeavor to achieve academic excellence and abide the rules and regulations governing his academic responsibilities and moral integrity. b. Promote and maintain the peace and tranquility of the school by observing the rules of discipline, and by exerting efforts to attain harmonious relationship with fellow students, the teaching and academic staff and other school personnel. c. Exert his utmost to develop his potentialities for service, particularly by undergoing an education suited to his abilities, in order that he may become an asset to his family and to society. d. Participate as an agent of constructive social, economic, moral intellectual, cultural and political change in his school and the community within the context of national policies. 1465. Sec. 3 of Commonwealth No. 180 set the requirements for a private college to fulfill before it is granted university status. This statement means: a. Philippine education grants university status to qualified colleges. b. Philippine education strives to be of high quality. c. Philippine education recognizes the complementary roles of public and private educational institutions. d. Philippine education is financed by public and private funds. 1466. Act. No. 74, otherwise known as the Educational Act 1901, passed by the Second Philippine Commission authorized the establishment of private schools but did not provide for their control and supervision. This statement means: a. Philippine education grants university status to qualified colleges. b. Philippine education strives to be of high quality. c. Philippine education recognizes the complementary roles of public and private educational institutions. d. Philippine education is financed by public and private funds. 1467. The State sees to it that the right of all citizens to quality education at all levels is protected and promoted. This statement means: a. Philippine education grants university status to qualified colleges. b. Philippine education strives to be of high quality. c. Philippine education recognizes the complementary roles of public and private educational institutions. d. Philippine education is financed by public and private funds. 1468. The principal source of funds for financing public education is taken from the one percent (1%) tax on real estate imposed by R. A. No. 5447. This statement means: a. Philippine education grants university status to qualified colleges. b. Philippine education strives to be of high quality. c. Philippine education recognizes the complementary roles of public and private educational institutions. d. Philippine education is financed by public and private funds. 1469. Philippine education allows publications in the school campus. However, there limitations to freedom to publish. For instance, the Revised Penal code of the Philippines prohibits the publication of the following except one. a. Inciting the people to rebellion

b. Libelous remarks c. Obscene publications and exhibitions d. poll surveys 1470. No educational institutions in the Philippines shall be established exclusively for aliens and no group of aliens shall comprise more than one-third of the enrolment in any school. This statement means: a. Philippine education is nationalistic. b. Philippine education is democratic. c. Philippine education is complete, adequate, integrated and relevant. d. Philippine education encourages regional planning. 1471. Education should be accessible to all. The State is trying its best to reach all children in spite of the shortage of funds. . This statement means a. Philippine education is nationalistic. b. Philippine education is democratic. c. Philippine education is complete, adequate, integrated and relevant. d. Philippine education encourages regional planning. 1472. The State shall take into account regional and sectoral needs and conditions and shall encourage local planning in the development of educational policies and programs. This statement means: a. Philippine education is nationalistic. b. Philippine education is democratic. c. Philippine education is complete, adequate, integrated and relevant. d. Philippine education encourages regional planning. 1473. The State is supposed to establish, maintain, and support a complete, adequate and integrated system of education relevant to the needs of all the people and society. This statement means: a. Philippine education is nationalistic. b. Philippine education is democratic. c. Philippine education is complete, adequate, integrated and relevant. d. Philippine education encourages regional planning. 1474. What statement is FALSE with reference to Article II “The Teacher and State” of the Code of Ethics of Professional Teachers? a. Every teacher shall enjoy academic freedom and shall the privilege of sharing the product of his researches and investigations, provided that, if the results are inimical to the declared policies of the state, they shall be drawn to the proper authorities for appropriate remedial action. b. A teacher is a facilitator of learning and of the development of the youth; he shall, therefore, render the best services by providing an environment conducive to such learning and growth. c. Every teacher or school official shall actively help carry out the declared policies of the state, and shall take an oath to this effect. d. A teacher shall not use his position or official authority of influence to coerce any other person to follow any political course of action. 1475. What statement is FALSE with reference to Article IV “The Teacher and the Profession” of the Code of Ethics of Professional Teachers? a. Every teacher shall actively help insure that teaching is the noblest profession, and shall manifest genuine enthusiasm and pride in teaching as a noble calling. b. Every teacher shall use the teaching profession in a manner that makes it a dignified means for earning a decent living. c. Every teacher shall uphold the highest possible standards of quality education, and shall make the best preparation for the career of teaching, and shall be at his best at all times in the practice of his profession. d. Teachers shall, at all times, be imbued with the spirit of professional loyalty, mutual confidence and faith in one another, self-sacrifice for the common good and full cooperation with colleagues. When best interest is at stakes in any controversy, teachers shall support one another. 1476. What statement is FALSE with reference to Article VIII “The Teacher and the Learners” of the Code of Ethics of Professional Teachers? a. A teacher shall not accept favors or gifts from learners, their parents, or others in their behalf in exchange for requested concessions, especially if underserved, b. A teacher shall not inflict corporal punishment or offending learners nor make deductions from their scholastic ratings as a punishment for acts which are clearly not manifestation of poor scholarship. c. In a situation where mutual attraction and subsequent love develop between teacher and the learner, the teacher shall exercise utmost professional discretion to avoid scandal, gossip, and preferential treatment of the learner.

d. A teacher shall maintain at all ties a dignified personality, which could serve as model worthy of emulation by learners, peers and others. 1477. As provided in the Republic Act #4670, every teacher shall enjoy equitable safeguards at each stage of any disciplinary procedures and shall the following except: a. the right to be informed in writing, of the charges b. the right to full access to he evidence in the case c. the right to defend himself and to be defended by a representative of his choice and/or his organization, adequate time being given to the teacher for the preparations of his defense d. the right to appeal to clearly designated authorities. e. All of these 1478. Whenever possible, the proper authorities shall take all steps to enable married couples, both of whom are public school teachers, to be employed in the same locality. a. Yes, it is provided in Republic Act #4670 b. No, it’s against on nepotism c. Yes, as long as they will not be in the same school d. No, it against the provision of Republic Act #4670 1479. In areas in which teachers are exposed to hardship such as difficulty in community to the place of work or other hazards peculiar to the place of employment, as determined by the Secretary of Education, they shall be compensated special hardship allowance equivalent to: a. at least 100% of their monthly salary b. at least 75% of their monthly salary c. at least 50% of their monthly salary d. at least 25% oft their monthly salary 1480. What statement is NOT TRUE in the case of barangay high schools? a. barangay high schools are established to provide all Filipino equal opportunities for high school education b. Principal of the public high school nearest to it administers a barangay high school. c. A barangay school is authorized to open only within a three kilometers radius of any existing high school d. A barangay high school may be opened on the basis of the petition of the parents of fifty students. e.All of these 1481. What is the primary purpose of the creation of barangay schools? a. to give equal opportunities for secondary education to all Filipino youth. b. To cater to the needs for education of the barangay residents. c. To serve the purpose of a Constitutional provisions. d. To make community development a reality. e.All of these 14082. What statement is inconsistent with one of the provisions of Republic Act No. 4670, otherwise known as the Magna Carta for Public School Teachers? a. actual teaching is limited to six hours b. no teacher shall be transferred without his consent c. every teacher shall enjoy security of tenure. d. a teacher entitled to a study leave not exceeding one school year often ten years of service. e. All of these 1483. Which statement is TRUE with respect to the meaning of the principle of separation of Church and State? a. there should be a law that shall be made respecting an establishment of religion b. no public money or property shall ever be appropriated, applied, paid, or employed directly or indirectly, for the use, benefit, or support of any sect, church, denomination, sectarian institution, or system of religion c. all persons are encouraged to take part in any activity of the church and profess their belief d. the state can punish a person for entertaining or professing religious beliefs or disbeliefs 1484. Which of the following phrases is NOT provided for in the Education Act of 1940, known as Commonwealth Act No. 536? a. public elementary education to be supported by the National Government b. a six-year elementary education instead of seven c. a double-single session in the elementary grades d. fixed the actual teaching time of elementary e. all of these 1485. DECS Department Order No. 25, s. 1974 requires the use of Filipino as medium of instruction in ____.

a. social studies d. all of the above b. character education e. none of the above c. work education, physical and health education 1486. Under the Magna Carta for Teachers, teachers with ____ years of service of more may be considered PBET eligible. a. at least 10 years or more continuous service b. at least five years or more continuous service c. seven years of service d. three years of service e. none of the above 1487. According to Presidential Decree 1006 and it’s implementing Memorandum No. 1. s. 1977 of the National for Teachers, PBET is administered by _____. a. Civil Service Commission b. Department of Education, Culture and Sports c. National Educational Testing and Research Center d. jointly administered by all of the above e. none of these 1489. Presidential Decree 1006, otherwise known as the Decree Professionalizing Teaching was promulgated to ____. a. regulate the practice teaching b. ensure that teacher education is of the highest quality c. assess prospective teachers’ knowledge, skills and competencies d. all of the above e. none of the above 1490. With the promulgation of the bilingual policy of the Department of Education, Culture and Sports, what is the immediate function of English in the schools? a. it is a tool for learning science and mathematics b. it is an instrument for acquiring information about the world c. it is a means of communication with Englishspeaking people. d. It is a tool for advancement in the business world e. All of these 1491. In accordance with the DECS Department Order No. 25, s. 1974, the use of English and Filipino as instructional media starts in ____. a. Grade I d. Grade VI b. Grade III e. all of the above c. Grade IV 1492. Department of Education Memorandum No. 280 is aimed at _____. a. promoting the economic and social welfare of all teaching and non-teaching personnel. b. establishing teachers’ cooperatives and other income generating activities c. harnessing available manpower and material resources toward productive endeavors d. all of the above e. none of the above 1493. This curriculum has fewer learning areas, but puts more emphasis on the mastery of learning. a. New Elementary School Curriculum b. New Secondary Education Curriculum c. Revised Elementary Education Curriculum d. Revised Secondary Education Curriculum 1494. Which is the following is not a right of the teachers? a. freedom of expression b. establishes and joins organization c. intellectual property d. stage strike and protests e. academic freedom 1495. The Commission on Higher Education was established by _____. a. RA 7722 b. RA 7796 c. RA 7687 d. RA 1452 e. RA 7743

1496. The Republic Act, which lengthens the school calendar from 200 days to not more than 220 days to take effect in school year 1995-1996, is _____. a. Republic Act No. 7791 b. Republic Act No. 7743 c. Republic Act No. 7798 d. Republic Act No. 7784 e. Republic Act No. 1616 1497. The name of the Dept. of Education, Culture and Sports (DECS) was changed to Dept. of Education (DepEd) by virtue of what law? a. R.A. # 9155 d. R. A. No. 2194 b. R.A. # 9411 e. R. A. No. 4670 c. R.A. # 9630 1498. Known as the Philippines’ “Science City.” a. Los Baños, Laguna d. City of Manila b. Cebu City e. City of Baguio c. Muñoz, Nueva Ecija 1499. This landmark law bans sexual harassment in the workplace and in the educational institutions. a. R. A. #7977 d. Adm. Order No. 1250 b. Exec. Order #A-6 e. DECS Order No. 120 c. R. A. #7877 1500. Free Public Secondary Education Act of 1988 is contained in _____. a. R. A. #6938 d. R. A. #6655 b. R.A. #6735 e. R. A. #7752 c. R. A. 6657 1501. The governance Basic Education Act of 2001 is under ____. a. R. A. 9155 d. R. A. #9165 b. R. A. 9145 e. R. A. 7752 c. R. A. 9135 1502. Public school teachers must observe the “Dress Code” prescribed by the Civil Service Commission. This practice in the line with the Code of Ethical Standards for Public Official of Employees”, under Republic Act No. a. 6713 b. 6731 c. 6741 d. 6751 e. 6171 1503. Anti-graft and Corrupt Practices Act is under _____. a. R.A. 3029 b. R.A. 3019 c. R.A. 3051 d. R.A. 4991 e. R.A. 5919 1504. It is a decree, which made the observance of the flag ceremony compulsory. a. R.A. 4670 b. Batas Pambansa Blg. 232 c. R. A. 1459 d. R. A. 1265 1505. The first teacher-training school established by the Americans in the Philippines in 1901 is the ____. a. University of the Philippines b. Philippine Normal School c. Zamboanga Normal School

d. Cebu Normal University e. Iloilo Normal School 1506. Which of the following is being demanded by the CHED? a. identifying certain colleges as “centers of excellence” with corresponding funding and responsibilities b. emphasis on voluntary accreditation of programs c. creation of specialists to evaluate programs d. granting autonomy to accredited private schools e. all of these 1507. Which of the following is a violation of R.A.7787- Anti-Sexual harassment Act of 1995”? a. A BEED applicant for teaching is being asked for a date by the superintendent, before she could be hired. b. The applicant is being asked to give P5, 000 before she could be hired. c. The applicant is being interviewed about her studies, including her victory as a beauty title holder- Miss Cebu Tourism 1998. d. The applicant was made to clean the office. e. None of these 1508. This law grants paternity leave of absence with full pay for male employees in both public and private sector for the first four (4) deliveries of their legitimate spouses. a. RA 8187 b. RA 8876 c. Adm. Order # 308 d. Exec. Order #1052 1509. In the appointment or assignment of teachers to public elementary or secondary schools, priority shall be given to bonafide residents of the barangays, municipality or city or province where the school is located, provided that the teacher possesses the minimum qualifications for the position. a. RA # 8190 d. RA # 6655 b. RA # 6735 e. RA # 6850 c. RA # 6657 1510. A law the requires that every school division should organize special classes for children with special needs. a. RA # 1265 d. RA # 8190 b. RA # 6713 e. RA # 7624 c. PD # 603 1511. An Act abolishing the National College Entrance Examination (NCEE), repealing for the purpose of PD No. 1467? a. RA # 7977 d. RA # 7731 b. RA # 7323 e. RA # 7463 c. RA # 7877 1512. A DECS Order that implemented the Bilingual Education Policy since 1974 requiring English as a medium of instruction in Science, Math and Filipino in all other subject in elementary and secondary school. a. DECS Order No. 25 b. DECS Order No. 35 c. DECS Order No. 38 d. DECS Order No. 107 e. DECS Order No. 603 1513. This Order prescribed that “any student, teacher, professor, officer or employee of a university, college or school who impedes, obstructs, prevents, or defeats the right and obligation of a teacher or professor to teach his subject or the right of a student to attend his classes shall be subject to disciplinary action without prejudice to the criminal liability of the offender. a. Executive Order No. 34, s. 1980 b. Administrative Order No. 34, s. 1980 c. Department Order No. 34, s. 1980 d. MEC Order No. 22, s. 1980 e. MEC Order No. 34, s. 1980 1514. Vox Populi Est Supreme Lex is a Latin expression that means what? a. The Supreme Being is God b. No one is above the law c. The voice of the people is the supreme law d. it is the popular choice

1515. This law was approved on January 23, 2002 which establishes the National Service Training Program for tertiary level students and amended Republic Act No. 7077 and Presidential Decree No. 1706. a. Republic Act No 9163 b. Republic Act No. 8491 c. Republic Act No. 8525 d. Republic Act No. 7796 1516. This law was approved on August 2001 and known as “An Act Instituting a Framework of Governance for Basic Education, Establishing Authority and Accountability, Renaming the Department of Education, Culture and Sports as the Department of Education. a. Republic Act No. 3155 b. Republic Act No. 8047 c. Republic Act No. 854 d. Republic Act No. 7104 1517. To improve the quality of tertiary education the following must be undertaken: a. Encourage flexibility in curricular construction and simplify minimum academic and physical facilities standards b. Redefine minimum campestral credit hours to conform to time allocations c. Revive Associate in Arts (A.A.) and similar two-year general education courses d. Liberalize tertiary regulation and encourage alternative mechanisms for monitoring quality of high education e. Permit student who did basic education abroad and finished at least ten years to enter college 1518. This law was enacted on June 8, 1940 and conferred the status of “persons in authority” upon the teacher, professors, and persons charged with the supervision of public or duly recognized private schools, colleges and universities. a. Commonwealth Act No. 80 b. Commonwealth Act. No. 1 c. Commonwealth Act No. 578 d. Act No. 2706 1519. This law prescribed the inclusion in the curricula of all schools, both public and private, from elementary schools to the universities the life, works and writings of Jose Rizal especially to the Noli Me Tangere and El Filibusterismo. a. Republic Act No. 1256 as amended by R.A. No. 8491 b. Republic Act No. 1124 as repealed by R.A. No. 7722 c. Republic Act No. 6728 as amended by R.A. 8545 d. Republic Act No. 1425 1520. This law provided for the granting of civil service eligibility to all government employees who are holding provisional or temporary status who have rendered a total of at least seven (7) years of efficient and dedicated service. a. Republic Act No. 4670 b. Republic Act. 7323 c. Republic Act No. 6850 d. Republic Act No. 7722 1521. This law grants civil service eligibility to all honor graduates (i.e. summa cum laude, magna cum laude, cum laude) of four year or longer courses from schools, colleges and universities of good standing starting school year 1972-1973. a. Republic Act No. 4670 b. Presidential Decree No. 907 c. Presidential Decree No. 1006 d. CHED Order No. 59 1522. This law provides in the appointment or assignment of teachers to public elementary or secondary schools, priority shall be given to bonafide residents of the barangays, municipality or city or province where the school is located, provided that the teacher possesses the minimum qualification for the position. a. Republic Act No. 8190 b. Republic Act no. 7624 c. Republic Act No. 7731 d. Republic Act No. 7797 1523. This law made the observance of the flag ceremony compulsory. a. Republic Act No. 7079 b. Republic Act No. 1265 c. Republic Act No. 9155 d. Republic Act No. 3019

1524. It is an act to strengthen the regulation and supervision of the practice of teaching in the Philippines and prescribing a Licensure Examination for Teachers. a. RA 7836 e. RA 9155 b. RA 9293 e. RA 7610 c. RA 7722 1525. According to Republic Act No. 7836, this term refers to the profession concerned primarily with classroom instruction at the elementary and secondary levels in accordance with the curriculum prescribed by the Department of Education, Culture and Sports, whether on parttime or full-time basis in the private or public schools. a. Teachers c. Principals b. Teaching d. Learning 1526. The scope of the board examination for teachers in the elementary level shall consist of, namely: a. professional education and field of specialization b. general education and field of specialization c. general education and professional education d. general education only 1527. The scope of the board examination for teachers in the secondary level shall consist of, namely: a. professional education and field of specialization b. general education and field of specialization c. general education and professional education d. general education, professional education and field of specialization 1528. A professional license signed by the chairman of the Commission and bearing the registration number and date of issuance thereof and the month of expiry or renewability shall likewise be issued to every registrant who has paid the annual registration fees for _____ consecutive years. a. three years c. five years b. four years d. six years e. seven years 1529. As provided in RA 9293, professional teachers who have not practiced their profession for the past five (5) years shall take at least twelve (12) units of education courses, consisting of at least: a. six (6) units of pedagogy and six (6) units of content courses b. six (6) units of general education and six (6) professional education c. six (6) units of professional education and six (6) units field specialization d. twelve (12) units from any courses or subjects 1530. Examinees who have failed the licensure examination for professional teachers, with a rating of not lower than five percentage points from the passing general average rating, shall be eligible as _____ upon issuance by the Board of a two-year special permit, renewable for a nonextendible period of two (2) years. a. temporary teacher b. para-teacher c. substitute teacher d. permanent/regular teacher 1531. “Special parental authority and responsibility” over the minor child in Article 218 of the Family Code of the Philippines means – a. authority shall apply to all authorized activities whether inside or outside the premises of the school, entity of institution b. authority shall apply to all activities whether inside or outside the premises of the school, entity of institution c. authority shall apply only to activities inside the premises of the school, entity of institution d. none of these 1532. When parental authority does terminate permanently? a. upon the death of the parents b. upon the death of the child c. upon emancipation of the child d. all of these

1533. Pursuant to Art. 231 of the Family Code of the Philippines, parental authority may also be suspended if the parent or the person exercising the following, except. a. treats the child with excessive harshness or cruelty b. gives the child corrupting orders, counsel or example c. compel the child to beg d. subject the child or allows him to be subjected to acts of lasciviousness e. deal the child with tender loving care 1534. This Act refers to the Special Protection of Children Against Child Abuse, Exploitation and Discrimination. a. RA 7722 c. RA 7877 b. RA 9293 d. RA 7610 e. RA 8980 1535. This is known as the “Anti-Sexual Harassment Act of 1995” a. RA 7722 c. RA 7877 b. RA 9293 d. RA 7610 e. RA 8980 1536. In education or training environment, sexual harassment is committed ____. a. against one who is under the care, custody or supervision of the offender b. against one whose education, training, apprenticeship or tutorship is entrusted to the offender c. when the sexual favor is made a condition to the giving of a passing grade, or the granting of honors and scholarships, or the payment of a stipend, allowance or other benefits, privileges or considerations d. when the sexual advances result in an intimidating, hostile or offensive environment for the result, trainee or apprentice. e. All of these 1537. This Act is known as “Early Childhood Care and Development” a. RA 7722 c. RA 7877 b. RA 9293 d. RA 7610 e. RA 8980 1538. This is an Order renaming the Bureau of Non- Formal Education to Bureau of Alternative Learning System a. Executive Order No. 653 b. Executive Order No. 365 c. Executive Order No. 356 d. Executive Order No. 123 e. Executive Order No. 456 1539. With Republic Act 7836 the licensure exam for teachers is with: a. Commission on Higher Education b. Professional Regulation Commission c. Department of Education d. Civil Service Commission 1540. This embodies the teacher’s duties and responsibilities as well as proper behavior in performing them. a. Code of Ethics for Teachers b. Magna Carta for Public School Teachers c. Bill of Rights d. Philippine Constitution of 1987 1541. Dr. Melgo upholds his freedom to discuss topics within his field of expertise without fear of being persecuted. This is known as: a. Right to Suffrage c. Right to grow professionally b. Academic Freedom d. Freedom of speech 1542. Under no circumstances shall a teacher be prejudiced discriminatory against any learner, stays the Code of Ethics. When a teacher prejudiced against any learner? a. when the refuses a pupil with a slight physical disability in class

b. when he makes a farsighted pupil sit at the back c. when he makes a nearsighted pupil sit in front d. when he considers multiple intelligence in the choice of his teaching strategies 1543. Who among the following is genuinely nationalistic? The citizen who ___. a. works overseas for the education of his/her children b. sings the National Anthem with all his/her heart c. salutes the flag as it is raised during ceremony d. uses his/her skill and capital to generate jobs in the countryside 1544. Which is the most authentic proof of nationalism on the part of teacher? a. winning the award “Most Outstanding Teacher” b. utilizing every minute of the academic time for competent teaching c. earning graduate degree for promotion d. being a member in the National Organization for Professional Teachers 1545. What statement is FALSE with reference to Section 1 and Section 2, Article XIV of the 1987 Constitution? a. quality education is privilege in so far as all citizens are concerned b. public education in the elementary is free and compulsory c. scholarship grants, student loan programs, subsidies and other incentives to deserving students in both public and private schools d. non-formal, informal and indigenous learning, self-learning, independent, and out-of- school study programs are encouraged. e. All of these 1546. Under the present Constitution, pupils’ attendance in religious instruction is public elementary and high schools shall be allowed only if ___ a. the superintendent, supervisors and principals will issue an instruction compelling attendance b. the parish priest or pastor shall authorize them in writing c. when parents shall submit written authority allowing their children to attend religious instruction d. when school children have become delinquents e. when children made promise to behave properly 1547. Miss Melgo is a BS Biology graduate and is intending to teach in a public high school. Based on Magna Carta for public School Teachers, what she should do to qualify? a. pursue a Master’s degree in Biology b. start teaching in a private school c. earn five-year experience as Biologist d. d. take at least 18 units in education 1548. What can be filed against a principal or teacher who is a paramour? a. infidelity c. immorality b. bigamy d. moral defamation 1549. During the Marcos era, national development goals were stated in Education Act of 1972, known as Presidential Decree ____. a. No. 6-A b. No. 7-A c. No. 8-A d. No. 9-A 1550. What statement is inconsistent with one of the provision of Republic Act No. 4670, otherwise known as the Magna Carta for Public School Teachers? a. teacher engaged in actual classroom instruction shall be required to render more than six hours actual classroom teaching b. no teacher shall be transferred without his consent c. every teacher shall enjoy security of tenure d. a teacher is entitled to a study leave not exceeding one school year 1551. Which of the following is not a right of public school teachers? a. freedom of expression b. establishes and joins organizations c. intellectual property d. stage a strike and protests e. academic freedom 1552. Mr. Melgo, a public school teacher of Cantoratoy National High School plans to pursue Master’s studies. When he is entitled to go on study leave? a. if his principal approves his leave

b. if he has rendered seven years of service c. f a substitute teacher is available d. if there is a decrease in the enrollment 1553. Mr. Melgo, an ineligible teacher was given a probationary appointment in Cantoratoy National High School. When can he avail of permanent status? a. when there is a vacant permanent position b. after finishing MA in education c. once given the “Teacher of the Year” award d. after rendering at least 10 years of efficient service 1554. “The State shall ensure and protect academic freedom and shall promote its exercise and the observance for the continuing intellectual growth, the advancement of learning and research, the development of responsible and effective leadership, the education of high-level and middle-level professionals, and the enrichment of our historical and cultural heritage.” This is the declaration of policy of ____. a. CHED c. DepEd b. TESDA d. Presidential Decree No. 6-A 1555. “it is hereby declared that policy of the State to provide relevant, accessible, high quality and efficient technical education and skills development in support of the development of high quality Filipino middle-level manpower responsive to and in accordance with the Philippine development goals and priorities.” This is the declaration of policy of ____. a. CHED c. DepEd b. TESDA d. Presidential Decree No. 6-A 1556. “It is hereby declared the policy of the State to protect and promote the right of all citizens to quality basic education and to make such education accessible to all by providing all Filipino children a free and compulsory education in elementary level and free education in the high school level.” This is the declaration of policy of ____. a. CHED c. DepEd b. TESDA d. Presidential Decree No. 6-A 1557. “it is hereby declared to be the policy of the government to ensure, within context of a free and democratic system maximum contribution of the educational system to his attainment of the following national development goals.” This is the declaration of policy of ____. a. CHED c. DepEd b. TESDA d. Presidential Decree No. 6-A 1558. To fight illiteracy, the 1987 Constitution mandates that the state shall maintain a system of free education in elementary and high school. Further it provides that ___. a. elementary education should be compulsory for all children of school age b. formal and nonformal education should be compulsory c. elementary and high school education should be compulsory d. education at all levels should be compulsory 1559. According to the Constitution, the State is required to establish and maintain free public and compulsory education in the ____. a. elementary level only b. secondary level c. secondary and tertiary levels d. elementary and secondary levels 1560. Section V, Article XIV of the 1986 Constitution provides that the State shall assign the highest budgetary priority to education to ____ a. encourage teacher to conduct more researchers and studies on the arts and culture b. ensure that all schools are provided with modern equipment and facilities c. attack the best available talents through adequate remuneration d. curtail the exodus of the teachers seeking employment abroad 1561. The primary objective of bilingual education is to prepare the learners to be ____. a. proficient in Filipino and eight major dialects b. globally competitive c. proficient in English and another foreign language

d. proficient in both Filipino and English 1562. According to Magna Carta for Teachers, a teacher assigned to a school ten or more kilometers from the poblacion without regular means of transportation to reach, is entitle to ___. a. a hardship allowance of 25 percent of the monthly salary as additional compensation b. an additional compensation of 50 percent of the monthly salary c. service credits of one day for every five days of service during the whole year d. the privilege of teaching only four days a week 1563. To strengthen teacher education the Teacher Education Council created under RA No. 7764 will choose a private or public college engaged in pre-service, continuing, formal and non-formal education of teachers in strategic places in each region of the country based on certain criteria. This will be called ____ a. Department of Teacher Education b. Commission on Teacher Education c. Teacher Education Center of Excellence d. Commission on Teacher Education e. Teacher Education Commission 1564. Professionalization of teachers and teaching as promulgated in Presidential Decree No. 1006, defines teaching as profession concerned with classroom institution ____. a. by teachers on full-time basis b. at the tertiary level in both public and private institutions c. at the elementary and secondary levels in both public and private schools d. by teachers of permanent status 1565. The Educational Act of 1982 expressly granted institutions of higher learning the freedom to determine on academic grounds that shall be admitted to study, who may teach and what shall be the subjects of study and research. This refers to ____. a. academic freedom b. constitutional freedom c. Educational freedom d. d. institutional freedom 1566. In the Preamble of the Code of Ethics for Professional Teachers, which of the following teacher descriptions is included in the Code of Ethics for Professional Teachers? a. Persons of dignity and reputation b. Duly licensed professional c. with satisfactory teaching performance d. passed the licensure exam for teachers 1567. The 1987 Philippine Constitution states the following EXCEPT – a. The National language of the Philippines is Filipino b. The official language of the Philippines are Filipino and English c. Filipino is the official language of the Tagalog speaking provinces d. The government shall initiate and sustain the use of Filipino as medium of official communication and as a language of instruction in the education system 1568. As provided for in the Education Act of 1982, how are the institutions of learning encouraged to set higher standards of quality over and above the minimum required for state recognition? a. academic freedom b. continuing professional education c. formal education d. voluntary accreditation 1569. The Constitutional provision on language has the following aims EXCEPT – a. to make the regional dialect as auxiliary media of instructions in regional schools b. to maintain English as a second language c. to make Filipino the sole medium of instruction d. to make Filipino the national language and medium of instruction and communication

official

1570. The introduction of non-formal education in life with the Constitution provision on ___. a. protection of teachers b. promoting the rights of all citizens c. to make quality education accessible to all d. acceptance, affection and achievement e. affection, ability, attitudes 1571. With regards to business, which does the Code of Ethics say about teachers?

a. a teacher shall maintain a good reputation with respect to debts, loans and other financial matters b. no teacher shall be financially interested in any commercial venture involving textbooks and other school commodities where he/she can exercise official influence c. no teacher shall act as an agent of textbooks and other school commodities where he/she can exercise official influence d. a teacher may not engage in any kind of business 1572. Which is ethical for a teacher to do in a situation where he/she falls in love with a student or when a student falls in love with his/her teacher? a. the teacher advises the student to discontinue with his/her studies b. the teacher resigns from his/her teaching job c. the teacher avoids that learner d. the teacher exercises discretion to avoid scandal and gossip and preferential treatment of that learner 1573. Miss Connie Cepeda is newly appointed teacher. The principal handed a copy of the Teacher’s Code of Ethics. Which could have been the motive of the principal? a. acquaint her with principles of moral behavior, conduct and relationship in the practice of profession b. make her aware of the principles and rules prescribed under the authority of the state c. familiarize her with the generally customs of right living in a society d. provides her a set of rules and regulation to observe in school 1574. This law grants the paternity leave of absence with full pay to male employee in both public and private sector for the first four (4) deliveries of the legitimate spouses. a. Republic Act No. 8047 c. Republic Act No. 7687 b. Republic Act No. 8190 d. Republic Act No. 8187